Mason Industries Mercer Rubber Expansion Joints

MASON/MERCER
EXPANSION JOINTS
PAGE
9•3 SEJ-3
Safeflex Development
9•7 SF-930
Comparison of Tire Cord & Elastomeric Materials
9•9 SAFEFLEX-1000-4
Mason Safeflex
9•15 NC-930
Masonflex Neoprene Connectors
Using Safeflex Construction
9•21 TEST BULLETIN 901
Neoprene Connectors Acoustical Field Test
9•25 TEST BULLETIN 902
Neoprene Connectors Acoustical Field Test
9•29 SF-920
A Comparison of Spool & Spherical Expansion Joints
9•33 A-24375
Safeflex SFDEJ-HE
Hinged Expansion Joints
MERCER
9•35 PB-MR-10
Mercer Rubber Company
9•39 PB-MR-11
Expansion Joint Production
9•43 PB-MR-12
Mercer Rubber Company Product Overview
9•55 MDS-20
World Standard Flange Dimensions
9•59 CRG-MR1
Mercer Elastomer Chemical Resistance Guide
9•69 VITON CASE HISTORY
Viton® Fluoroelastomer Case History
9•71 AP-MR-02
Power Plant Pressure Balance Application
Continued on the next page.
9•1
MASON/MERCER
EXPANSION JOINTS
(CONTINUED)
PAGE
9•73 AP-MR-01
Cooling Tower Applications
9•74 PHOTO BULLETIN 1001
The Mercer Rubber Improved
Method of Steam Curing
9•75 PAS-MR-2
Applying Expansion Joints to Your System
9•77 1003
Expansion Joints Installation Procedures,
Storage & Inspection Criteria
9•79 150-MR3
Series 150 Vibraflex Reinforced Rubber Pipe
9•81 300-MR4
Series 300 Sleeve Type Expansion Joints
9•84 450-MR2
Series 450 Flexmore Expansion Joints
9•90 500-MR7
Series 500 Invincible Heavy Duty Expansion Joints
9•98 FR500-MR8
Series FRC500 & FER500 Flanged Concentric
& Eccentric Reducing Expansion Joints
9•102 700-MR6
Series 700 Invincible Teflon® Lined Expansion Joints
9•106 TFE-20
Series 800 Teflon® Expansion Joints
9•108 900-MR9
Series 900 Invincible High Movement Expansion Joints
9•112 1000-MR5
Series 1000 Low Spring Rate,
Large Movement Expansion Joints
9•115 DJ-87
Duct Connectors
9•2
BUL L E T I N S E J -3- 1
A HISTORY of MASONFLEX, SAFEFLEX

SUPERFLEX & SAFEFLEX DEVELOPMENT
MASONFLEX SUPERFLEX
In 1976, we introduced our first spherical expansion joints, under Our engineers never stand still when there is room for
the name “MASONFLEX”. Although we had higher burst pressures improvement and the company moved on to “SUPERFLEX”. The
than the other manufacturers, our technical literature still made SUPERFLEX elastomer was changed from Neoprene to EPDM
people aware that Nylon reinforcement had to be derated at as most applications are for water service. EPDM is superior to
higher temperatures. MASONFLEX connectors did not always Neoprene in minimizing water swell, and resistance to oxygen
require control rod protection as the lengths at given pressures and ozone aging is outstanding. High temperature tolerance is
were predictable. Leaving a gap in the piping equal to these much better as well.
elongated lengths eliminated the control rods. Running field All lengths were shortened to save space. The steel ring between
tests with many acoustical consultants proved the ability of twin the twin spheres prevented bulging, allowed for higher pressure
sphere connectors to dramatically reduce sound and vibration ratings, reduced elongation, and a higher range of pressures
transmission at blade passage frequency (number of pump could be accommodated without the use of control rods.
blades x RPM).
SINGLE-SPHERE SINGLE-SPHERE
MASONFLEX MFNC SUPERFLEX MFNC
Multi-Layered Multi-Layered
NYLON Tire NYLON Tire
Cord Fabric Cord Fabric
Reinforcement Reinforcement
Baked Enamel with NEOPRENE Baked Enamel with EPDM
Ductile Iron Cover and Liner Ductile Iron Cover and Liner
Floating Flanges Floating Flanges
TWIN-SPHERE TWIN-SPHERE
MASONFLEX MFTNC SUPERFLEX MFTNC
Multi-Layered
Multi-Layered
NYLON Tire
NYLON Tire
Cord Fabric
Cord Fabric
Reinforcement
Reinforcement
with EPDM
with NEOPRENE
Baked Enamel Baked Enamel Cover and Liner
Cover and Liner
Ductile Iron Ductile Iron
Floating Flanges Floating Flanges
Molded-In
Reinforcing Ring
MASONFLEX SUPERFLEX
MFTFU Malleable
MFTFU
Multi-Layered
Pipe Unions NYLON Tire
Cord Fabric
Multi-Layered Reinforcement
NYLON Tire Baked Enamel with EPDM
Cord Fabric Ductile Iron Cover and Liner
Reinforcement Floating Flanges
with NEOPRENE Molded-In Ductile
Cover and Liner Reinforcing Ring
MASON INDUSTRIES | MASON-IND.COM 9•3

BUL L E T I N S E J -3 -1
The threaded union ends of the 3/4" to 2" (20 to 50mm) need to lower the pressures at higher temperatures, but not of
diameter MFTFU were changed to three bolt flanges that could the ultimate loss of tensile strength.
be supplied with fittings for copper tubing, stainless steel or Spherical designs did not originate in the Far East, where most
PVC as well as standard pipe thread. This interchangeability of spherical connectors are being manufactured. The technology
fittings was unknown in the industry and no other firm offers started in Europe, was copied in Japan and we introduced it in
these options. The bolted flanged ends made installation both Taiwan as participating partners.
easier and more positive.
Since expansion joints are labor intensive, production keeps
By changing to this ductile flange construction in the 3/4" to 2" moving to other countries as labor costs go up. Taiwan has
(20 to 50mm) sizes, we were able to increase the O.D. of the progressed to high tech industries that are replacing the old
rubber flange that establishes the seal. This eliminated the rubber and foundry base. The same thing had happened in
pullout problems still so common to our competitors that Japan. Thus, the Japanese export manufacturers, some of whom
continue to use cheap standard female unions. This change in had switched to Taiwan, have now moved on to Third World
end design has been widely copied because the engineering is areas such as Malaysia. Mason Industries has opened a factory
so obviously better. in Thailand. There are some exporters in Korea, but the most
The SUPERFLEX series also included concentric reducers in all the recent entry is China. We know very little about the Chinese
popular sizes 3" through 10" (80 through 250mm). This was the quality as they have just entered the American market so there
first such spherical connector and it continues to be something is no installation history.
only available from Mason Industries. The molds are extremely There is a misunderstanding about the size of the average
expensive, and the product very difficult to build, so our spherical expansion joint factory in Asia. Most of the expansion
competitors have let that one slide by. joints are produced in small factories (less than 20 employees)
TWIN-SPHERE REDUCER that contain presses and mills, but not a 3- or 4- roll machine
SUPERFLEX MFTCR called a “calender”. This production weakness is extremely
Multi-Layered important because the calender is used to force the rubber into
Nylon Tire the tire cord reinforcement fabrics in a process called frictioning.
Cord Fabric
Reinforcement Since these small factories simply do not have enough room,
with EPDM demand, or skills to operate expensive calenders, Nylon tire cord
Cover and Liner
Baked Enamel is purchased from local tire companies already frictioned.
Ductile Iron
Floating Flanges Tires are most commonly manufactured overseas using Natural
Molded-In Rubber or the nearest synthetic equivalent (SBR). Most Neoprene
Reinforcing Ring or EPDM expansion joints are really Natural Rubber frictioned
tire cord covered by a Neoprene or EPDM cover and liner. This
Between the two products, MASONFLEX and SUPERFLEX, we had been our technique as well, when manufacturing in Taiwan,
sell approximately 12,000 expansion joints per year, with and we were still one of the larger manufacturers, even after all
constantly increasing volume in spite of the influx of cheap the breakaways. All Taiwanese expansion joint manufacturers
copycat expansion joints from Taiwan, Malaysia, Korea and either worked for our founding company or a breakaway from
China. As with automotive tires, there must be some failures a breakaway. Other Taiwanese companies have offered no new
at this tremendous sales volume. While we feel that our failure developments whatsoever.
percentage is much lower than our competitors, whenever there Our Thailand factory is a large, completely equipped facility
is a failure in a water pipeline, the cost of replacing the connec- dedicated to expansion joint production. We have our own
tor is nothing as compared to the water damage. calender and friction our own fabrics. Thus the latest series of
Equipment room drains are seldom designed to handle major expansion joints, whether they are EPDM, Neoprene or Natural
failures. The water builds up in the equipment room and Rubber, contain fabrics that are frictioned in the same material
spills over to adjacent areas, causing electrical problems and as the covers and liners and clearly tagged with the materials
expensive cosmetic damage such as repainting of walls, that are being used. So for the first time, an EPDM temperature
soaking of carpets, and opening walls to make repairs. We are resistant connector has EPDM throughout.
not talking about pin hole leakage but actual burst in the bodies While we had been assured by the tire company that Natural
or pullout at the flanges. Rubber or SBR frictioning was safe at the higher temperatures
Hose body failures generally occur after many years of service when encapsulated between two Neoprene or EPDM layers,
in hot water systems. We found that the EPDM bodies would practice showed that this was not the case, and there was
gradually harden and crack, although the technical literature hardening of the inner carcass. There is always better adhesion
indicated that this should not be happening. Our Nylon tire cord and more even curing when all materials are identical and this
reinforcement was an industry standard. We were aware of the is an additional benefit.
9•4 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

B U L L E T I N SE J - 3- 1
SAFEFLEX
In 1996, we introduced Mason “SAFEFLEX”, the culmination of resistant to higher temperatures and very close to the Nylon
20 years of application and research. Our first goal was to fight tensile strength. In addition, Polyester had a higher elongation
elastomer heat failures and the beginning of this attack was the modulus, which means that using this fabric in place of Nylon
change to EPDM throughout. would limit elongation. Once again, we were able to operate
We continued our study, however, and found that the published at higher pressures without the need for control rods. For a
properties of EPDM tolerating intermittent operating short time, we used Polyester, but we found out later that
temperatures as high as 350°F (176°C) can only be reached DuPont Kevlar®, at about six times the cost, was the ultimate
when the curing system (the chemicals that stabilize or reinforcement.
vulcanize EPDM during curing) are tailored to this performance. In today’s SAFEFLEX, we have replaced Nylon with DuPont
Most common curing systems are sulphur based. Kevlar®. While we have not raised temperature ratings above
In order to get to the best physicals, the curing agent must be 250°F (121°C), we have virtually eliminated temperature aging
peroxide. This method is more costly and slower acting than or reduction of safety factor. The substitution of Kevlar® for
sulfur cures and slows down production. Therefore, peroxide Nylon gave us the second reason for changing the name to
is not commonly used. In SAFEFLEX, the EPDM cover, liner and “SAFEFLEX”.
frictioning materials are all peroxide cured. This is the first While we had addressed the burst problems, we had yet to look
reason we named the product “SAFEFLEX”. at flange pullout.
While Nylon tire cord continues to be the most commonly used All other spherical connectors are sold with one piece flanges.
reinforcement, a safe design is only as good as the weakest link, These flanges are put on after the carcass is molded, so the
and having solved the EPDM temperature problem, we then restraint against pullout must be an encapsulated flexible bead
looked for an alternate fabric that would not heat age either. cable. The cable allows the rubber flange to be bent in, while the
In referring to DuPont literature and in discussions with DuPont, flanges are popped into position. So long as this flexible cable is
we found that Polyester (DuPont™ Dacron®) was much more used, there is always the possibility of pullout.
SINGLE-SPHERE TWIN-SPHERE REDUCER

SAFEFLEX SFEJ SAFEFLEX SFDCR
Hooked Interlock Hooked Interlock
Solid Steel Ring Solid Steel Ring
Molded-In
Reinforcing Ring
Flange Stops
Flange Stops
Split Baked Split Baked
Enamel Ductile Enamel Ductile Multi-Layered
Iron Floating Multi-Layered Iron Floating Kevlar® Tire Cord
Flanges Kevlar® Tire Cord Flanges Fabric Reinforcement
Fabric Reinforcement
with PEROXIDE CURED EPDM
Cover, Liner and Fabric Frictioning
TWIN-SPHERE SINGLE-SPHERE
SAFEFLEX SFDEJ SAFEFLEX SFU
Hooked Interlock Bead Wire, SFU Only
Solid Steel Ring
Molded-In
Multi-Layered
Reinforcing Ring
Kevlar® Tire Cord
Flange Stops Cover, Liner and Fabric Frictioning
Baked Enamel
Split Baked Ductile Iron Floating
Enamel Ductile Pipe Flanges Flanges
Iron Floating Multi-Layered
Flanges Kevlar® Tire Cord

BUL L E T I N S E J -3 -1
The only solution was to replace the cable with a solid flat steel SAFEFLEX FLANGE DETAIL
ring that could not pull through. In making this decision, it Pivot Fulcrum
Embedded
was no longer possible to put one piece flanges on after the Solid Steel
expansion joint was molded, and we needed split flanges. Ring
Mating
In our early tests, we found that the pressure forced the Pipe
flange halves outward and the gap between the mating halves Flange
would allow for leakage when trying to reach burst pressures.
Reducing hole diameters minimized this motion, but we still Safeflex
Body
could not get to burst pressures before leakage occurred. That is
the reason for the unique hooked ends on the flanges. The two
flange halves interlock to prevent this spreading. This design All of these developments had been going on over a period of
solved the problem. The embedded solid flat steel rings are the three years before we put the product into production. Having
third justification for the name “SAFEFLEX”. eliminated the problems of burst and the problems of pullout,
We were still faced with one more problem, and that was we sincerely believe that our time and effort has been well
developing enough pressure on the embedded steel ring to spent in bringing you the safest product on the market, Mason
avoid weeping. This was solved by putting stops around the “SAFEFLEX”.
outside edge of the flange, so that as the bolts are tightened, Why chance water damage, contingent liability or personal
the flanges rotate around these stops and apply pressure on the injury by using an expansion joint that may burst or pull out,
built-in steel ring where it is needed. when Safeflex is manufactured by a firm with both excellent
These features make SAFEFLEX far more suitable for seismic engineering and a 50-year history of product support?
movements. The body does not pull out of the flanges and
with heat aging eliminated, an old connector can still withstand MASON INDUSTRIES, INC.
stretching beyond published limits much more readily.
Norm Mason
SAFEFLEX SPECIFICATION
Rubber expansion joints shall be peroxide cured EPDM Safety factors shall be a minimum of 3/1. All expansion joints
throughout with Kevlar® tire cord reinforcement. Substitutions must be factory tested to 150% of maximum pressure for 12
must have certifiable equal or superior characteristics. The minutes before shipment.
raised face rubber flanges must encase solid steel rings to The piping gap shall be equal to the length of the expansion
prevent pull out. Flexible cable wire is not acceptable. joint under pressure. Control rods passing through 1/2" (13mm)
Sizes 11/2" through 14" (40 through 350mm) shall have a ductile thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough to take the
iron external ring between the two spheres. Sizes 16" through thrust at 1000 psi (0.7 kg/mm2) of surface area may be used
24" (400 to 600mm) may be single sphere. on unanchored piping where the manufacturer determines the
condition exceeds the expansion joint rating without them.
Sizes 3/4" through 2" (20mm through 50mm) may have one
sphere, bolted threaded flange assemblies and cable retention. Submittals shall include two test reports by independent
consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration
Minimum ratings through 14" (350mm) shall be 250 psi at 170°F
acceleration and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade
and 215 psi at 250°F. (1.72 MPa at 77°C and 1.48 MPa at 121°C),
passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the same
16" through 24" (400 through 600mm) at 170°F and 150 psi
manufacturer.
at 250°F. (1.24 MPa at 77°C and 1.03 MPa at 121°C). Higher
published rated connectors may be used where required. All expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of
the shut-off valves. Expansion joints shall be SAFEFLEX SFDEJ,
SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as manufactured by
Mason Industries, Inc.

BUL L E T I N S F -9 3 0 - 2
A COMPARISON of TIRE CORD

and ELASTOMERIC MATERIALS
USED in SPHERICAL and OTHER STYLE EXPANSION JOINTS
Dupont™ Industrial Yarns

NOTE: At 250°F, there is no significant change in Kevlar® Breaking Strength,
Table 1; Modulus, Table 2; or Aging Properties, Table 3c.
1. Strength of Typical DuPont Industrial Yarns 2. Initial Modulus of Typical DuPont Industrial
at Elevated Temperatures Yarns at Elevated Temperatures
100100 100100
Breaking Strength (percent of value at 75°F (24°C))
Breaking Strength (percent of value at 75°F (24°C))
Initial Modulus (percent of value at 75°F (24°C))

(percent)of value at 75°F (24°C))
KEV KEV
LAR L®AR ®
DA
DA
Ara Ara
midmid
CR ® Po
CR
80 80 80 80
ON
O
100 175°F 100
® P
DA DA KE KE (79°C)
VLA VLA
DU NT N
DU
250°F
oly er
CR CR R® R® 90 90
lye
PO
PO
Ara Ara (121°C)
O O
est
mi mi 42
60 60 N® N® 60 60
st
NT lon
d d 425°F (21
er
Po Po
D ON
D
80 (218°C) 80
U
U
Ny
ly ly
PO T N
P
es es
Breaking Strength (percent)

lon
te te
N ylo
Strength(percent
350°F
T
r r 70 70
N n
(177°C)
yl
40 40 40 40
on
Initial Modulus
60 60
50 50
20 20 20 20
40 40
Breaking
30 30
0 0 0 0 NOTE: Scoring will
0 0 100100 200200 300300 400400 500500 600600 20 0 0 100100 200200 300300 400400 500500 20600
600 affect the heat resi
industrial nylon yar
Fahrenheit
Fahrenheit Fahrenheit
Fahrenheit
10 10
0 0 50 50 100100 150150 200200 250250 300300 0 0 50 50 100100 150150 200200 250250 300300
Celsius
Celsius 0 Celsius
Celsius 0
0 0.010 0.032 0.10 0.32 1.0 3.2 10 32 100 320 1000 1800 0 0.010 0.032 0.10 0.32 1.0
Exposure
Exposure Temperature
Temperature (degrees)
(degrees) Exposure
Exposure TimeExposure
(hours) Temperature
Temperature
(logarithmic (degrees)
(degrees)
scale) Exposure Time (hours
3. Breaking Strength Retained by Unscoured Yarns After Exposure to Hot, Dry Air
3a. DUPONT NYLON 3b. DACRON® POLYESTER 3c. KEVLAR® ARAMID

75°F 100 100 175°F 100 100
9°C) 175°F (79°C) 175°F
(79°C) 250°F 320°F (79°C)
90 250°F 90 (121°C) 90 90 250°F
(160°C)
425°F (121°C) 425°F (121°C)
(218°C) 425°F (218°C)
80 80 (218°C) 80 80 356°F
(180°C)
70 70 350°F 70 70
350°F (177°C) 350°F
(177°C) (177°C)
60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50
40 40 40 40 482°F 392°F
(250°C) (200°C)
30 30 30 30
NOTE: Scoring will adversely NOTE: Scoring will adversely
20 affect the heat resistance of 20 20 20 affect the heat resistance of
industrial nylon yarns. industrial nylon yarns.
10 10 10 10
0 0 0 0
00 0 0.010 0.032 0.10 0.32 1.0 3.2 10 32 100 320 1000 1800 0 0.010 0.032 0.10 0.32 1.0 3.2 10 32 100 320 1000 1800 0 0.010 0.0320 0.10
0.0100.32
0.0321.0
0.10 3.2
0.32 101.0 323.2 10010 320321000
100 320 1000 1800
1800
Exposure Time (hours) (logarithmic scale) Exposure Time (hours) (logarithmic scale) ExposureExposure Time
Time (hours) (hours) (logarithmic
(logarithmic scale) scale)
Breaking Strengths at 70°F (21°C), 65% R.H. before and after exposure.
100
320°F 320°F
(160°C)
90 (160°C)
356°F 80 356°F
(180°C) (180°C)
percent)
70
BUL L E T I N S F -9 3 0 - 2
ELASTOMERS
Natural Rubber EPDM Neoprene® Hypalon® ChloroButyl Nitrile
Tensile Strength Carbon Over 3000 psi Over 3000 psi Over 3000 psi Over 3000 psi Over 2500 psi Over 2000 psi
Black Reinforcement (2122 kg/cm2) (2122 kg/cm2) (2122 kg/cm2) (2122 kg/cm2) (1768 kg/cm2) (1415 kg/cm2)
Adhesion to Metals Excellent Good to Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent
Adhesion to Fabric Excellent Good Excellent Good Good Good
Tear Resistance Good Good Good Fair Good Good
Abrasion Resistance Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Good
Permeability to Gases Fair Fair Low Low to Very Low Good Fair
Acid Resistance
Diluted Fair to Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good
Concentrated Fair to Good Excellent Good Very Good Fair Fair

Resistance to:
Swelling in Lubricating Oil Poor Poor Good Very Good Poor Excellent
Gasoline Poor Poor Good Good Poor Excellent
Animal and Vegetable Oils Fair Good Good Good Good Excellent
Water Absorption Very Good Very Good Good Very Good Very Good Good
Oxidation Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good
Ozone Fair Outstanding Excellent Outstanding Excellent Fair
Sunlight Aging Poor Outstanding Very Good Outstanding Excellent Poor
Heat Aging Fair Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Good

Temp. Ratings Continuous Service
*
Hot 180°F (82°C) 250°F (121°C) 200°F (93°C) 250°F (121°C) 250°F (121°C) 220°F (104°C)
*
Cold -10°F (-23°C) -60°F (-51°C) -10°F (-23°C) -10°F (-23°C) -10°F (-23°C) 10°F (-12°C)
Special compounds may exceed these ratings.

*

BUL L E T I N S A F EF L EX 10 0 0 - 4
MASON
SAFEFLEX
In 1996, we made our major contribution to the safety of the
marketplace by introducing:
PEROXIDE CURED EPDM AND DUPONT KEVLAR®
TIRE CORD REINFORCEMENT TO EXPANSION
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
IN BRIEF, SAFEFLEX IS SAFE BECAUSE…

• All Safeflex Expansion Joints are factory tested to
150% of rated pressure before shipment.
• Kevlar® high temperature tolerance is outstanding.
•P
eroxide cured EPDM covers and tubes with Kevlar®
reinforcement are superior to sulfur cured EPDM, Natural
Rubber, and Neoprene Nylon reinforced bodies at all
temperatures. 16" - 24" SFDEJ Sizes
• Kevlar® reinforcement wrapped around solid steel rings added in 2013 in
cannot pull through the flanges. response to demand.
• Sealing pressure is higher using external stops as rotation
points.
SAFEFLEX SFDEJ
Safeflex expansion joints are molded and vulcanized in SFDEJ double-phere connectors are always our first recommendation.
hydraulic presses. This high pressure process produces a The longer body has better volumetric response to sound pressure
smooth finished product with outstanding adhesion between the waves and provides superior sound attenuation. In seismic zones the
extra movement capabilities are very important as well.
cover, reinforcement and tube.
Most of our competitors still use Natural Rubber impregnated
Nylon tire cord between sulfur cured, EPDM covers and tubes. This
SAFEFLEX SFEJ
construction becomes brittle with age at higher temperatures,
SFEJ single-spheres are
so we changed from Nylon to Kevlar®, as Kevlar® has a higher
used where there is minor
modulus that minimizes swell and elongation, and outstanding expansion, no seismic
temperature tolerance up to 250°F (121°C). considerations or space
and cost controls.
Changing the EPDM curing system from sulfur to the slower,
more expensive peroxide method raised the high temperature
safety factor, as well as other physical properties. We force EPDM
between, over and under the Kevlar® cords. This makes Safeflex
superior, as cover, reinforcement and tube are all homogeneous.
Natural Rubber has been completely eliminated to improve aging
and temperature tolerance.
SAFEFLEX SFU
Another serious problem had been FLANGE LOCK DETAIL
SINGLE-SPHERE UNION
the body pulling out of the flange CONNECTOR
because flexible bead wire does not
SFU single-spheres are more than
provide sufficient retention. Our Solid adequate for both sound reduction
answer was to wrap the tire cord Steel and movements in smaller pipelines.
Ring 3 bolt flanges increase sealing
around a solid steel ring in place of
pressure and eliminate pullout
the cable. In over 20 years, the steel
common to threaded pipe coupling
ring has never pulled through. ends poorly adapted to this service.
Sealing pressure is amplified by the ductile iron flanges that rotate
inward around solid exterior stops. The split flanges are hooked
together to prevent spreading. SAFEFLEX SFDCR
SFDCR twin-sphere reducers
Safeflex was the culmination of 25 years of application experience eliminate the need for cast iron
and a driving desire to eliminate all possible failures. These or steel transition pieces usually
improvements were costly, but the engineering and contracting found on both ends of pumping
communities, and the consumers they serve, have always been systems. Since steel reducers are
eliminated, there are space, cost
receptive to our improved, longer lasting and safer products. and labor savings. The SFDCR
Why risk failure when there is a better product? The cost has a wide range of applications.
difference is meaningless against safe extended life. Water burst
and leakage failures are catastrophic in downtime and property
damage as sometimes they come close to being waterfalls.

TWIN-SPHERE DIMENSIONS AND ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS
SAFEFLEX SFDEJ Allowable Movements
Pipe Face to
Size Face Angular Compression Elongation Transverse
Face to (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (degrees) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) ±(in) ±(mm)
Face 11/2 40 36
Split Powder- Hooked Interlock 2 50 34
Coated Ductile 21/2 65 32
Embedded
Iron Floating
Solid Steel Ring 3 80 7 175 30 11/4 32 3/4 19 3/4 19
Flanges
4 100 28
Rubber Covered
Molded-In 5 125 24
Reinforcing Ring 6 150 22
8 200 20
10 250 8 200 18 11/2 38 7/8 22 7/8 22
12 300 16
14 350 10 250 14 15/8 41 1 25 1 25
16 400 11 275 13
13/4 44 1 25 1 25
18 450 11 275 12
All Types Have Multi-Layered
Kevlar® Tire Cord Fabric 20 500 12 300 11
17/8 47 11/8 28 11/8 28
Reinforcement with PEROXIDE 24 600 12 300 10
Flange Stops
CURED EPDM Cover,
Liner and Fabric Frictioning 16" – 24" SFDEJ twin-sphere sizes were added in 2013 in response to demand.
SINGLE-SPHERE DIMENSIONS AND ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS

TB
SAFEFLEX SFEJ Allowable Movements

TP
Pipe Face to
Face to Size Face Angular Compression Elongation Transverse
Face (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (degrees) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) ±(in) ±(mm)
11/2 40 21
2 50 20
21/2 65 19
Same callouts as 4 100 5/8 16 1/2 13 3/8 10
SFDEJ above. 3 80 18
4 100 17
5 125 16
6 150 15
8 200 14
6 150 1 25 5/8 16 5/8 16
10 250 13
12 300 12
14 350 10 ID
16
18
400
450
9 225
9
8
11/8 SS
29 7/8 22 7/8 22
TB
TP
20 500 7
24 600 10 250 6 11/8 29 1 25 1 25
CP

SAFEFLEX SFU Allowable Movements
Pipe Face to
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (degrees) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) ±(in) ±(mm)
Face to 3/4 20 7 175 25
Face Bead Wire, 1 25 7 175 24
SFU Only 11/4 32 8 200 23 3/4 19 3/8 10 3/8 10
TB
11/2 40 8 200 22
TP
TC
2 50 8 200 21
ID
SS
OTHER SFU FITTING OPTIONS

Floating
Flange
Powder-Coated
NPT Threaded
Ductile Iron Flanges
SAFEFLEX SAFEFLEX SAFEFLEX

SFU-SS SFU-CT SFU-BT
Stainless Steel Sweat Ends for Brass Threaded Ends
Threaded Ends Copper Tubing

T
BU LLE TIN SA FE FL E X 1 000- 4
SAFEFLEX DIMENSIONS AND ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS
SFDCR Allowable Movements
Pipe Face to
Face to (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (degrees) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) ±(in) ±(mm)
Face 3x2 80 x 50 6 150
25 1 25 5/8 16 5/8 16
Embedded 3 x 21/2 80 x 65 6 150
Split Powder- Solid Steel Ring 4x3 100 x 80 7 175
Coated Ductile 20 11/4 32 3/4 19 3/4 19
5x4 125 x 100 8 200
Iron Floating
Flanges Rubber Covered 6x4 150 x 100 9 225
Molded-In 6x5 150 x 125 9 225
Reinforcing Ring 15 15/8 41 3/4 19 7/8 22
8x6 200 x 150 11 275
10 x 8 250 x 200 12 300
Flange Multi-Layered
Stops Kevlar®Tire Cord
with Peroxide Cured EPDM Cover,
Liner and Fabric Frictioning
All flanged expansion joints illustrated in this bulletin are available with:
• 150 lb ASA Drilling • DIN or PIN-10
• British Series E Drilling • DIN or PIN-25
• British Series F Drilling
SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR AND SFU KEVLAR® REINFORCEMENT

STANDARD AND HIGH PRESSURE CONSTRUCTION-PRESSURE REDUCTION AT HIGHER TEMPERATURES
Max Vacuum
Construction Nominal Rating Nominal Rating
Construction Sizes in PSI at: in Bar at: in Minus
Type (in) (mm) 170°F 190°F 210°F 230°F 250°F 77°C 88°C 99°C 110°C 121°C Hg Bar
SFDEJ Standard 11/2" - 16" 40 - 400 250 245 235 225 215 17 16.5 16 15.0 14 14" 0.5
SFDEJ Standard 18" - 24" 450 - 600 180 175 170 165 155 12 11.5 11 10.5 10 14" 0.5
SFDEJ High Pressure 11/2" - 16" 40 - 400 335 325 315 300 285 23 22.0 21 20.0 19 22" 0.7
SFDEJ High Pressure 18" - 24" 450 - 600 225 220 210 200 190 15 14.5 14 13.5 13 22" 0.7
SFEJ Standard 11/2" - 16" 40 - 400 250 245 235 225 215 17 16.5 16 15.0 14 18" 0.6
SFEJ Standard 18" - 24" 450 - 600 180 175 170 165 155 12 11.5 11 10.5 10 18" 0.6
SFEJ High Pressure 11/2" - 16" 40 - 400 335 325 315 300 285 23 22.0 21 20.0 19 29" 1.0
SFEJ High Pressure 18" - 24" 450 - 600 225 220 210 200 190 15 14.5 14 13.5 13 29" 1.0
SFU Standard All Sizes 250 245 235 225 215 17 16.5 16 15.0 14 18" 0.6
SFDCR Standard All Sizes 250 245 235 225 215 17 16.5 16 15.0 14 14" 0.5

CONTROL RODS & CABLES
Noise
No Bushing Bushing Transmission
Small Enlarged
Washer Washer
COMPETITIVE MASON CR
MASON Control Rods with Cheap competitive Control
CONTROL RODS CONTROL RODS properly sized thick washers Rods with small, thin washers
& rubber bushings & no rubber bushings
Bushing
Connectors installed in unanchored piping or connected to
isolated equipment only require control rods or cables for
ACC CONTROL pressures as tabulated only if noted below.
CABLES
Type CR and ACC control rods and cables are very different than
Enlarged the average rod and rubber washer arrangement. Our sets
Washer are all made with oversized washers on the ends to limit the
maximum loading on the rubber materials to 1000 psi (70kg/
Connectors installed in piping to allow for expansion or cm2). Competitive systems use 1/4" (6mm) rubber washers that
contraction must be anchored on both ends of the piping run. are the same size as the small standard washers. Thrust forces
They need no control rods or cables. Should controls be used, are so high that standard washers extrude and fail. In addition
they must be adjusted so the gap between the nut and the to the increased area and thickness of the rubber, all our control
washer allows for full outward travel of the expansion joint. rod washers are molded with rubber bushings so the rod or
Piping movements must be within the tabulated allowables. cable cannot contact the steel restraining plates and short
circuit the system acoustically.
Installation Information for Safeflex SFDEJ, SFEJ & SFDCR

Install only within machine rooms.
CAUTION: This extension procedure is an absolute must on
all connections to spring mounted systems such as pumps
(when control rods are not used) or the pressure may
Anchor Anchor compress the springs solid under the pumps or shift the
foundation.
SFDEJ, SFEJ & SFDCR CONNECTORS
All high pressure connectors should have control rods or
Connectors that are used in expansion applications must be
installed with anchors on either side of the connector. cables set at maximum expansion joint allowable elongation.
SFDEJ, SFEJ AND SFDCR CONNECTORS USED AS

NOISE AND VIBRATION DAMPENERS ONLY AND
INSTALLED IN UNANCHORED PIPING WILL GROW IN
RESPONSE TO THE PRESSURE AS SHOWN BELOW.
Adjust the spring mountings so the equipment is at the proper
level. Leave a space between pipe flanges equal to the lengths
shown below and draw the connectors out evenly with the
flange bolts. Spring supported equipment may lift in response
to the tightening so the connector may not be fully extended. Only Use Control Rods or Cables if:
When the connector is at operating pressure, the system will 1. Expansion Joints cannot be pre-extended and could
return to the original position. cause problems to pipe or equipment.
2. As an added precaution.

BU LLE TIN SA FE FL E X 1 000- 4
SAFEFLEX SFDEJ
PRESSURE EXTENSION TABLE
250 lb Construction 17 Bar Construction
Pipe 0 100 200 250 0 6.8 13.6 17
Size psi psi psi psi Bar Bar Bar Bar Install Flange Bolts with
(in) (mm) Face to Face (in) Face to Face (mm) Heads on Joint Side
11/2 40 7 7 7 7 175 175 175 175
Preferred
2 50 7 7 7 7 175 175 175 175 Position
21/2 65 7 7 7 7 175 175 175 175
3 80 7 71/8 73/16 71/4 175 178 180 181
4 100 7 71/8 73/16 71/4 175 178 180 181
5 125 7 71/8 71/4 73/8 175 178 181 185
SFDEJ
6 150 7 73/16 73/8 71/2 175 180 185 188
8 200 8 83/16 83/8 81/2 200 205 210 213
10 250 8 81/4 81/2 85/8 200 206 213 216
12 300 8 8 /41 8 /2
1 85/8 200 206 213 216
14 350 10 101/4 101/2 105/8 250 256 263 256 1/8" (3mm)
16 400 11 115/16 119/16 113/4 275 283 290 294 Maximum
180 lb Construction 12.25 Bar Construction Extension
0 100 150 180 0 6.8 10.2 2.2 FF if nuts are on
Pipe inside
Size psi psi psi psi Bar Bar Bar Bar
(in) (mm) Face to Face (in) Face to Face (mm) SPACE REQUIRED BETWEEN FLANGES
18 450 11 115/16 119/16 113/4 275 283 290 294 at VARIOUS PRESSURES
20 500 12 123/8 125/8 127/8 300 309 316 322
24 600 12 123/8 125/8 127/8 300 309 316 322
SAFEFLEX SFEJ
Pipe 0 100 200 250 0 6.8 13.6 17
psi psi psi psi Bar Bar Bar Bar Install Flange Bolts with
Size Heads on Joint Side
(in) (mm) Face to Face (in) Face to Face (mm)
11/2 40 44 4 4 100 100 100 100
Preferred
2 50 44 4 4 100 100 100 100 Position
21/2 65 44 4 4 100 100 100 100
3 80 44 4 4 100 100 100 100
4 100 441/4 43/8 43/8 100 106 110 110
5 125 441/4 43/8 43/8 100 106 110 110
6
8
150
200
6
6
61/4
61/4
63/8
63/8
63/8
63/8
150 156
150 156
160 160
160 160
SFEJ
10 250 661/4 63/8 63/8 150 156 160 160
12 300 66 /8
3 6 /2
1 61/2 150 160 163 163
14 350 99 /4
1 9 /8
3 91/2 225 231 235 238 1/8" (3mm)
Maximum
16 400 991/2 93/4 97/8 225 238 244 247
Extension
180 lb Construction 12.25 Bar Construction FF if nuts are on
Pipe 0 100 150 180 0 6.8 10.2 2.2 inside
SPACE REQUIRED BETWEEN FLANGES at
(in) (mm) Face to Face (in) Face to Face (mm)
VARIOUS PRESSURES
18 450 9 95/8 93/4 97/8 225 241 244 247
20 500 9 95/8 93/4 97/8 225 241 244 247
24 600 10 105/8 107/8 11 250 266 269 275
SAFEFLEX SFDCR
Pipe 0 100 200 250 0 6.8 13.6 17
(in) (mm) Face to Face (in) Face to Face (mm) SFDCR
3x2 80 x 50 6 61/8 63/16 61/4 150 153 155 156
3 x 21/2 80 x 65 6 61/8 63/16 61/4 150 153 155 156
4x3 100 x 80 7 71/8 71/4 73/8 175 178 181 185 1/8" (3mm)
5x4 125 x 100 8 83/16 83/8 81/2 200 205 210 212 Maximum
6x4 150 x 100 9 9 /16 9 /8
3 3 91/2 225 230 235 237 Extension
6x5 150 x 125 9 93/4 97/16 99/16 225 231 236 239 FF if nuts are on
inside
8x6 200 x 150 11 113/8 111/2 115/8 275 285 287 291
10 x 8 250 x 200 12 121/2 123/4 13 300 312 319 325 VARIOUS PRESSURES

Installation Procedures for Safeflex SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR and SFU
Although Safeflex is as safe as possible, it is our general recommendation that flexible connectors are always installed on the equip-
ment side of the shut-off valve, and they are not used in pipe lines that pass through finished ceilings where water damage to the
structure or the equipment below can be extensive.
Install only where leakage or failure will not result in injury or 9. Although the expansion joints will readily adjust
property damage. themselves to misaligned flanges within the specified
1. a. E
xpansion joint rubber flanges must be in contact movements, they should not be installed where there is more
with a flat surface. Normal 1/16" (1.5mm) raised face than 1/8" (3mm) of initial misalignment or lack of parallelism
is okay. Unacceptable depressions or protrusions are in the expansion joints.
typical of victaulic or similar flanges. 10. Slide the connector into position and insert all the flange
b. Flange stops must bear on full diameter mating flanges. bolts. The rubber face must be centered exactly on the
opening. Be sure that the bolts are inserted with the
c. Rubber flanges will not retain loose elements in valve
heads facing the rubber and the nuts on the outside
bodies that rely on contact with a steel flange. For
so they are on the outside of the mating flange. If it
example, some check valves are manufactured with
is impossible to insert the bolts in this direction, the
brass inserts positioned by screws. When mating steel
tightened end of the bolt must not protrude more than
flanges with these valves, there is no problem. However,
1/8" (3mm) beyond the inside nut. Larger protrusions may
with a rubber connector, it cuts the rubber face and can
result in the bolt cutting into the rubber cover.
cause failure, leakage or brass insert escape.
11. After all bolts are inserted, make them finger tight and
2.
Any of the above conditions must be corrected by
then proceed to adjust them evenly in a circle. Tighten
installing a full diameter steel flange drilled to standard
the bolts to 75% of the maximum recommended torque
dimensions so the flange bolts pass through it. The I.D.
for the bolt size until all bolts have the same tightness.
matches the I.D. of the piping. Minimum Plate Thickness is
Tightness may be increased if there is joint leakage.
as follows: 1/2" (13mm) thick for 11/2" to 8" (40 to 200mm)
pipe ; 3/4" (19mm) thick for 10" to 18" (250 to 450mm) 12. All rubber materials tend to relax over a period of time.
pipe; and 1" (25mm) thick for 20" to 24" (500 to 600mm) It is good practice to check the tightness of the bolts for
pipe. Gasket between this filler flange and the mating the 75% torque about two weeks after installation, and in
steel flange. extreme cases, particularly when a line is heated up and
allowed to cool repeatedly it is advisable to continue to
3. Before installing the connector, be certain that all surfaces
check bolt tightness on a monthly basis until such time as
are clean and there are no sharp edges of any kind on the
the last check shows no further tightening is required.
steel flanges. No gasket is required. Apply a thin film of
graphite dispersed in glycerin or water to the face of the 13. Allowing the bolts to loosen may cause leaks.
rubber flanges before installing. No other type of lubricant 14. Insulation on cold lines should be installed for easy remov-
or seal should be used on the flange face. The graphite al to facilitate retightening.
prevents the rubber from adhering to the metal flange
15. In order to prevent heat buildup, expansion joints in hot
so that the rubber joint can be removed without damage,
lines should not be insulated.
should it ever be necessary.
16. While our expansion joints are guaranteed for a period
4. If the connector is to be installed in a system where the
of one year and designed for many years of service, it is
operating pressures do not dictate the use of control
suggested that expansion joints are replaced every five
rods, but the connector is to be pre-extended to allow
years. Cover cracking is of no significance and only cosmetic.
for growth under pressure, the gap between the piping
flanges should be large enough to allow for the growth as SFU INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
indicated on the operating pressure chart. (See general precautions above)
5. Expansion joints installed for expansion and compression 1. Attach flanges to piping so length between inside flange
applications should be installed at normal length. Check faces is equal to face to face length of rubber section of
allowable movements against design requirements the SFU.
between anchors. 2. Insert center section of the SFU and the 3 bolts on each
6.
Check temperature and pressure ratings and never end. Tighten evenly to 75% of torque value.
exceed them. 3. Retighten as in 12 above.
7. Check for chemical compatibility with the ordered material. IT IS IMPORTANT TO FOLLOW ALL OF THE NUMBERED
8. Do not weld near the expansion joints or weld the steel INSTRUCTIONS TO AVOID NEEDLESS PROBLEMS.
flanges to the piping after the expansion joints are
installed. This will either burn or seriously damage the
expansion joints.

BUL L E T I N 70 0 -MR6 - 1.1
MERCER INVINCIBLE Series
TEFLON® LINED 700 &

EXPANSION JOINTS HT700
PERFORMANCE FEATURES
• Working pressures up to 165 psi at temperatures up to
400°F in standard models, higher pressure ratings available
• Minimum 4 to 1 safety factor, rated to burst pressure
• Teflon® liner is etched and permanently bonded
to expansion joint body and flange faces
• Components are pressure cured resulting in
structurally sound, long service life
• Optional exterior coat of Hypalon® paint provides
additional protection against ozone weathering and
chemical exposure
• Hand-built to your exact specifications
CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
• Choice of eight cover elastomers
• Sizes up to 96" diameter
• Baked Enamel, Ductile Iron, Carbon or Stainless
Steel Split Backup Rings
• Corrosion resistant, chemically inert and non-aging
Teflon® liner protection against chemicals seeping or leaking. An optional
• Control rods to restrict excessive elongation coat of Hypalon® paint is recommended to protect the exterior
or compression against weather, ozone and chemicals.
• High temperature resistant fabric reinforcement The Invincible Series 700 is specifically designed for the severe
for operating temperatures up to 400°F service conditions found in:
SERIES 700 • Power generating plants
Mercer Invincible Series 700 Teflon® lined expansion joints • Wastewater treatment and pollution control systems
combine the advantages of Teflon®: • Chemical plants
• Anti-stick properties • Petrochemical and process piping systems
• Superior Strength • Pulp and paper mills
• Excellent chemical resistance • Where expansion joints must be able to withstand high
• Non-aging temperatures and corrosive materials on a daily basis
with the advantages of Mercer’s elastomeric expansion joints: The performance of the Invincible Series 700 in these applications
is unequaled by plastic, metallic or other elastomeric expansion
• Isolate mechanical vibration
joints.
• Allow four-way movements (Axial, lateral, torsional,
SERIES HT700
angular), eliminating problems of pipes buckling
or pulling apart Invincible Series HT700 combines all the construction and
performance advantages of the 700 with high temperature
• Long life expectancy
resistance. Reinforced with high temperature resistant fabric,
• Absorb pressure surges
and with the cover of either EPDM or Viton®, the HT700 can
• Eliminate electrolysis provide full pressure service at operating temperatures up to
• Small space requirements 350°F and 400°F respectively.
The result is an expansion joint that offers unmatched protection BACKUP RINGS
against highly corrosive fluids and extreme temperatures.
Standard expansion joints are furnished with ASA-150 backup
The Series 700 features either a TFE* or FED** seamless liner that rings. Series ASA-300, DIN, PN, JIS and British Standards are also
extends through the body of the expansion joint to the outer available, but sometimes at higher cost. Check factory for pricing.
edge of raised flange faces. The liner is fused to the body when
the joint is cured. This type of construction provides ultimate Teflon® is a trademark of E.I. DuPont Nemours & Co.
*
FED - Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene Copolymer

**

BU LLE T I N 700- M R 6 - 1 . 1
Series 700 & HT700
Optional Resilient Arch Flanges Integral
Coating of with Body
Hypalon® Paint
Embedded Solid Steel
Molded Wire or Other Radial
Teflon® Reinforcement
Liner
Rubber Filler Between

Rings or Wire
Beaded Wire
Hoop Ring
Carcass Made of Multiple Plies
of Tough, Rubber Impregnated
Fabric or Tire Cord
Overall Flange
Thickness
I.D. Same
as Pipe Size
Face
to
Face
O.D.
Steel, Ductile or Stainless
Split Backup Rings
Also Available in Multiple

Arch Construction
UNANCHORED PIPING APPLICATIONS ANCHORED PIPING APPLICATIONS

Series 700 & HT700 expansion joints used as noise & vibration Series 700 & HT700 expansion joints used to compensate for
dampeners installed in unanchored piping will overextend in thermal movement in properly anchored & guided piping
response to system pressure & must be installed with control systems generally do not require control rods, provided piping
rod assemblies. movements are within the allowables shown on page 9•104.
Adjust the spring mountings so the equipment is at proper If, as an added precaution, designers elect to use control rods
elevation and level. Leave a space between pipe flanges equal to in anchored systems, the expansion joint should be installed at
the expansion joint’s face to face length shown on page 9•104. its exact published face to face length. When control rod assem-
Install expansion joint and control rod assemblies. Control rod blies are installed, the stop nuts should be backed away from
stop nuts should be finger tight against gusset plate. Lock in the gusset plate a distance equal to the allowable extension of
position with lock nut. Control rod assemblies will prevent exten- the joint (See table, page 9•104). This will prevent overextension
sion of expansion joint & will not allow transfer of thrust load to of the joint. Compression sleeves should also be employed. The
spring supports of equipment and/or piping. compression sleeves are cut at the factory to the proper length
to prevent over compression.
Installed Exact at Control Rod Stop Nut
Finger Tight Against Installed Exact
Published Face to Face Compression at Published
Gusset Plate Sleeves Face to Face Axial Extension
Gusset (See Page 9•104)
Plate Control Rod Gusset
Assembly Plate Control Rod
Assembly
Anchor Anchor
Rubber Washer Rubber Washer

& Steel Washer & Steel Washer

BUL L E T I N 70 0 -MR6 - 1.1
STYLE 700 & HT700 OPEN ARCH DIMENSIONS, ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS* & PRESSURES†
Flange Face Bolt Bolt Allowable Movements Rated Minimum
Overall Flange
Pipe Outside to Circle No. Hole Axial Axial Lateral Degrees Degrees Working Burst
Thickness (in)
Size Dia. Face Dia. of Dia. Compression Extension Deflection Angular Torsional Pressure Pressure† Vacuum
†
(in) (in) (in) Steel Ductile (in) Holes (in) (in) (in) (in) (degrees) (degrees) (psig) (psig) (in Hg)
1 41/4 6 7/8 1 31/8 4 1/2 11/16 3/8 1/2 20.0 3 165 660 30
11/4 45/8 6 7/8 1 31/2 4 1/2 11/16 3/8 1/2 19.0 3 165 660 30
11/2 5 6 7/8 1 37/8 4 1/2 11/16 3/8 1/2 18.5 3 165 660 30
2 6 6 7/8 1 43/4 4 5/8 11/16 3/8 1/2 14.5 3 165 660 30
21/2 7 6 7/8 1 51/2 4 5/8 11/16 3/8 1/2 11.5 3 165 660 30
3 71/2 6 7/8 1 6 4 5/8 11/16 3/8 1/2 10.0 3 165 660 30
4 9 6 7/8 1 71/2 8 5/8 11/16 3/8 1/2 7.5 3 165 660 30
5 10 6 7/8 1 81/2 8 3/4 11/16 3/8 1/2 6.0 3 150 600 30
6 11 6 7/8 1 91/2 8 3/4 11/16 3/8 1/2 5.5 3 150 600 30
8 131/2 6 7/8 1 113/4 8 3/4 11/16 3/8 1/2 5.0 3 150 600 30
10 16 8 7/8 1 141/4 12 7/8 11/16 3/8 1/2 4.5 3 150 600 30
12 19 8 7/8 1 17 12 7/8 11/16 3/8 1/2 3.8 3 150 600 30
14 21 8 1 11/8 183/4 12 1 11/16 3/8 1/2 3.3 2 90 360 30
16 231/2 8 1 11/8 211/4 16 1 11/16 3/8 1/2 2.8 2 70 280 30
18 25 8 1 11/8 223/4 16 11/8 13/16 7/16 1/2 2.5 1 70 280 30
20 271/2 8 1 11/8 25 20 11/8 13/16 7/16 1/2 2.5 1 70 280 30
22 291/2 10 1 11/8 271/4 20 11/4 15/16 1/2 1/2 2.3 1 70 280 30
24 32 10 1 11/8 291/2 20 11/4 15/16 1/2 1/2 2.0 1 70 280 30
26 341/4 10 1 11/8 313/4 24 11/4 15/16 1/2 1/2 2.0 1 60 240 30
28 361/2 10 1 11/8 34 28 11/4 15/16 1/2 1/2 2.0 1 60 240 30
30 383/4 10 1 11/8 36 28 11/4 15/16 1/2 1/2 2.0 1 60 240 30
34 433/4 10 1 11/8 401/2 32 11/2 15/16 1/2 1/2 1.8 1 60 240 30
36 46 10 11/8 11/4 423/4 32 11/2 15/16 1/2 1/2 1.5 1 60 240 30
40 503/4 10 11/8 11/4 471/4 36 11/2 15/16 1/2 1/2 1.5 1 60 240 30
42 53 12 11/8 11/4 491/2 36 11/2 11/16 9/16 1/2 1.5 1 60 240 30
44 551/4 12 11/8 11/4 513/4 40 11/2 11/16 9/16 1/2 1.5 1 60 240 30
48 591/2 12 11/8 11/4 56 44 11/2 11/16 9/16 1/2 1.3 1 60 240 30
50 613/4 12 11/8 11/4 581/4 44 13/4 11/16 9/16 1/2 1.3 1 60 240 30
54 661/4 12 11/8 11/4 623/4 44 13/4 11/16 9/16 1/2 1.3 1 60 240 30
56 683/4 12 11/8 11/4 65 48 13/4 11/16 9/16 1/2 1.3 1 60 240 30
60 73 12 11/8 11/4 691/4 52 13/4 11/16 9/16 1/2 1.0 1 60 240 30
66 80 12 11/8 11/4 76 52 13/4 11/16 9/16 1/2 1.0 1 60 240 30
72 861/2 12 11/8 11/4 821/2 60 13/4 11/16 9/16 1/2 0.9 1 50 200 30
78 93 12 11/8 11/4 883/4 60 2 11/16 9/16 1/2 0.9 1 50 200 30
84 993/4 12 11/8 11/4 951/2 64 2 11/16 9/16 1/2 0.8 1 50 200 30
90 1061/2 12 11/8 11/4 1021/4 68 2 11/16 9/16 1/2 0.8 1 50 200 30
96 1131/4 12 11/8 11/4 1081/2 68 21/4 11/16 9/16 1/2 0.7 1 50 200 30
*
Reduce movements 50% when using filled arches.
†
Higher pressure joints are special design, advise factory of requirements.
SERIES 700 HIGHER PRESSURE JOINTS
Steel or Ductile Multiple Layered 1/8" Cover Reinforcement Layers Wrap Rated Standard Working Pressure (psi) Vacuum
Split Backup Reinforcement Around Steel Arch Rings Size Rating
Ring Providing Minimum of 3 (in) 700 710 720 730 740 750 (in Hg)
Additional Layers Over Arch 1-4 165 250 — — — — 30
5-12 140 210 250 — — — 30
14 90 130 160 190 225 250 30
16-26 70 100 125 145 175 195 30
28-44 60 85 105 125 — — 30
46-60 60 85 105 — — — 30
66-96 50 70 85 — — — 30
MATERIAL AVAILABILITY & OPERATING TEMPERATURES

SERIES 700 SERIES HT700
Standard Max High Temperature Max
Series Materials Oper. Series Material Oper.
1/16"
Built-in Molded Rubber Filler 1/4" 700 Cover Temp. HT700 Cover Temp.
Beaded Wire Wire
Teflon® Liner Between Wire Tube Hoop Ring Reinforcement B Butyl 250°F K-E EPDM 350°F
E EPDM 250°F K-V Viton® 400°F
E EPDM 300°F Sizes 1 through 12 only.
H Hypalon® 225°F
N Neoprene 225°F
Ni Nitrile 225°F
R Natural 180°F
V Viton® 250°F

BU LLE T I N 700- M R 6 - 1 . 1
CAUTION
1. Do not install any of the products in this bulletin at damage the rubber faces if they project above the cast
pressures or temperatures higher than the published flange face.
ratings. 4. Water type check valves must exactly center on the rubber
2. Series 700 and HT700 must be installed against standard flanges. Valve O.D. and I.D. must conform to raised face
raised faced or flat faced flanges. Do not install them dimensions.
against recessed flanges such as Victaulic without calling 5. Use control rods as indicated on page 9•103.
the factory for proper steel filler flanges. If our rubber
6. Check Chemical Resistance Guide CRG-MR1, page 9•59, for
flanges do not have full bearing the expansion joint will be
service elastomer compatibility.
damaged and leak or fail.
7. Follow installation instructions.
3.
Pipe system flanges must be smooth and flat. Screw
in brass inserts such as those used in check valves can
Installation Instructions - 700 & HT700

IMPORTANT 8. After system is in service at operating temperature, check
a. Do not weld in vicinity of expansion joint. the flange bolts and retighten as necessary. Repeat in a
few weeks or if leaks develop. It is normal for rubber flang-
b. Do not lift expansion joint by bolt holes;
es to relax after initial installation. Check periodically until
use padded sling.
bolts remain tight.
c. Never operate joint beyond its rated temperature,
9. Any gouges or cuts in the cover caused during installation
pressure or movements (See page 9•104).
should be inspected and sealed.
d. Mating flanges must be flat or raised face. Do not
10. If control rods are used, the clearance between the
mate with contoured flanges such as victaulic or
rubber washer and the gusset plate should be the
similar configurations.
allowable axial elongation, if the expansion joint is installed
e. Check for chemical compatibility with the ordered material. at the published face to face. We do not recommend
precompression or extension as general practice, but if the
1. All pipelines must be properly supported, anchored and joint is compressed, the gap is increased by the decrease
guided so joints do not carry pipe or thrust loads. in length. If installed elongated, the gap is decreased by
the increase in length. Hold one end against the control
2. If piping is not anchored, control units must be used.
rod plate and the washers against the nut on the other
3. Use of control units and thrust sleeves will not protect end when measuring the gap.
piping in anchored situations. Expansion joints must be

EXAMPLES
selected for adequate movement capability.
6" - 700 – Allowable Extension 3/8"
4. Piping should be aligned. Misalignment or improper face
to face openings will reduce the allowable motion by the 1. 6" - 700 is installed at published 6" face to face
initial inaccuracy. Joints are often damaged if forced into dimension.
position. Set control rod gap to 3/8".
5.
Apply a thin film of graphite, dispersed in glycerin or 2. 6" - 700 is installed 53/4" long.
water to the rubber flange face and between the backup Set control rod gap to 3/8" plus 1/4" = 5/8"
ring and the back of the rubber flange to prevent rubber 3. 6" - 700 is installed 61/4" long.
adhering to the mating metal flange for easy removal of Set control rod gap to 3/8" minus 1/4" = 1/8"
the joint without damage. No gaskets or gasket sealants
11. If compression sleeves are used, no setting is required as
should be used.
they are furnished to proper length.
6.
Install bolts from the backup ring side to avoid bolt
12. If these instructions are not strictly adhered to, the Mercer
projections cutting the cover. If this is impossible, bolts
One-Year Guarantee is void. Joints should be checked at a
should not project more than 1/8" past the nuts. Use
maximum of one year intervals for signs of cracking and
washers over split ring gaps.
hardening. Expansion joints showing these symptoms
7.
Unlike tightening hard flanges, tighten bolts in series must be replaced regardless of age.
making at least three complete circuits of each flange.
Flanges will accept full bolt torque.

BUL L E T I N T F E -2 0 - 4
MERCER TEFLON® Series

EXPANSION JOINTS 800
Mercer Series 800 PTFE Teflon® Expansion
Joints are the Sure and Economical Way to
Solve Difficult Expansion and Misalignment
The Teflon® material is corrosive-proof, chemically inert and
does not age. Flexibility and flex cycle life is equally exceptional.
The Teflon® body is formed over the full sealing face of the flang-
es eliminating the need for separate gaskets. The fluid or gas
never contacts the floating flanges.
The Series 800 is manufactured in 2, 3 and 5 arch variations
designated 802, 803 and 805. Flexibility and allowable
movements increase with the number of arches. Teflon® is
ideally suited to the following problems:
• Handling
Nitric or Sulfuric acid in mining or plating
operations 2 ARCH
Style 802
• Providing low spring rates and high flexibility to protect
fragile FRP, PVC or glass pipe from damage caused by
expansion, contraction or ambient vibration
• Accommodating expansion and contraction in high
temperature (to 350°F, 177°C) caustic green, white and
black liquor lines in pulp mills
• Preventing pipe line vibration from damaging glass linings
in acid and caustic soda pumps
• Providing flexibility to prevent flange leaks caused by the
minor explosions in lines from Chlorine generators in
bleaching plants of paper mills
• Providing non-contaminating, sterilizable, flexible
connectors for the food processing, medical, and chip
manufacturing industries
The standard assembly utilizes high strength carbon steel
flanges complete with three restraining bolts. The Teflon® is 3 ARCH
Style 803
reinforced externally with stainless steel rings between arches.
They are also available with stainless steel flanges and stainless
steel hardware. There is a Mercer Series 800 Teflon® Expansion
Joint to suit your needs.
STYLE 800 SERIES

MAXIMUM PRESSURE RATINGS
Maximum Pressure Ratings
up to 100°F (38°C)
Pipe Size 802 803/805
(in) (mm) (psig) (kg/cm2) (psig) (kg/cm2)
1 25 140 9.8 100 7.0
11/2 40 140 9.8 100 7.0
2 50 140 9.8 100 7.0
21/2 65 140 9.8 100 7.0
3 80 140 9.8 100 7.0
4 100 130 9.1 100 7.0
5 125 130 9.1 90 6.3
6 150 120 8.4 90 6.3
5 ARCH
Style 805
8 200 110 7.7 85 6.0
10 250 110 7.7 85 6.0
12 300 110 7.7 85 6.0 Teflon® is a trademark of E.I.DuPont Nemours & Co.
*

B U L L E T I N TFE - 2 0- 4
2 ARCH STYLE 802 DIMENSIONS
Style 802 DIMENSIONS AND ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS
Callouts from 803 Flange Face Axial Max
apply to 802 as well Size Dia. D to Face ± Misalignment
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1 25 6 152 23/8 60 1/4 6 1/8 3
11/2 40 63/4 172 23/8 60 1/4 6 1/8 3
Two Convolution 2 50 81/8 206 23/8 60 1/4 6 1/8 3
Teflon® Body 21/2 65 93/8 238 23/8 60 3/8 9 1/8 3
3 80 10 254 31/2 89 3/8 9 1/8 3
4 100 111/8 286 31/2 89 1/2 13 1/8 3
5 125 13 330 31/2 89 1/2 13 1/8 3
6 150 14 356 4 102 1/2 13 1/8 3
8 200 161/4 413 4 102 1/2 13 1/8 3
FACE 10 250 19 483 6 152 1/2 13 1/8 3
to 12 300 221/2 572 6 152 1/2 13 1/8 3
FACE
All joints are full vacuum rated up to 100°F (38°C)

Nylon Grommet Control Rod Flange Face Axial Max
Size Dia. D to Face ± Misalignment
Jam Nuts (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
Carbon Steel or
& Washer Stainless Steel Flange 1 25 6 152 31/4 83 1/2 13 1/4 6
11/2 40 63/4 172 31/4 83 1/2 13 1/4 6
Stainless 2 50 81/8 206 31/4 83 1/2 13 1/4 6
Reinforcing Ring 21/2 65 93/8 238 31/4 83 3/4 19 1/4 6
3 80 10 254 4 102 3/4 19 1/4 6
Three Convolution
Teflon® Body 4 100 111/8 286 4 102 1 25 1/4 6
5 125 13 330 4 102 1 25 1/4 6
6 150 14 356 41/2 114 1 25 1/4 6
8 200 161/4 413 6 152 11/8 29 1/4 6
10 250 19 483 6 152 11/8 29 1/4 6
Face 12 300 221/2 572 7 178 11/8 29 1/4 6
to All joints are full vacuum rated up to 100°F (38°C)
Face
“D” Overall Flange
Diameter
Tapped Holes

Control Rod with Flange Face Axial Max
Nylon Grommet Anti-Squirm Guides Size Dia. D to Face ± Misalignment
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
Jam Nuts & Carbon Steel or
Washer 1 25 6 152 4 102 3/4 19 1/4 6
Stainless Steel Flange
1 /2
1 40 6 /4 172
3 4 102 3/4 19 1/4 6
Stainless 2 50 81/8 206 4 102 1 25 1/4 6
Reinforcing Ring 21/2 65 93/8 238 4 102 1 25 1/4 6
Five Convolution 3 80 10 254 5 127 1 25 1/4 6
Teflon® Body 4 100 111/8 286 5 127 11/4 32 1/4 6
5 125 13 330 6 152 11/4 32 1/4 6
6 150 14 356 6 152 11/4 32 1/4 6
8 200 161/4 413 8 203 13/4 44 1/4 6
10 250 19 483 8 203 13/4 44 1/4 6
12 300 221/2 572 9 229 2 51 1/4 6
Face
All joints are full vacuum rated up to 100°F (38°C)
to
Face
“D” Overall Flange
Diameter
Tapped Holes

BUL L E T I N 9 0 0 -MR9 - 1
HIGH MOVEMENT 900 &

EXPANSION JOINTS HT900
• Pressures, vacuum ratings and temperature tolerance
as detailed on pages 9•109 - 9•110
• High temperature resistant fabric reinforcement for
operating temperatures up to 400°F
• Expansion Joints are pressure cured, resulting in a
structurally sound product with long service life
additional protection against ozone weathering and
chemical exposure
• Extra wide arch for greater movement
• Molded sizes from 11/2" up to 36" diameter
• Choice of eight liner elastomers
• Choice for cover to match liner materials or different
materials for superior resistance to external conditions
• Baked Enamel, Galvanized Ductile Iron, Carbon or
Stainless Steel Split Backup Rings
• 150 lb ASA drilling is standard. Other drillings or completely
customized drillings as required. Opposite flanges can
have different drillings to serve as transition pieces
• Reinforcement–Steel Rings and multiple plies of
Polyester or Nylon Tire Cord
• Hand-built to your exact specifications
For hand-wrapped Joints, flanges are brought to thickness by
• Can be built with permanent offset to compensate
bolting the steel flange forms. The body is pressure wrapped
for existing or designed piping misalignment
by layers of nylon tape. For molded Joints, both flanges and
body are formed in cavities of the molds. The joint is cured in a
SERIES 900 pressurized thermostatically controlled steam chamber or oven
The Invincible 900 Series adopts the best features of our for optimum performance.
series 450 and 500's. While rated at lower pressures, it
After the wraps, forms or molds are removed, the final product
has higher movement capabilities and lower spring rates.
is a tough homogeneous expansion joint customized to safely
All joints are hand built by our skilled craftsmen. The 1/4"
handle the intended service. A variety of tube, cover and carcass
minimum thickness solid elastomer tube is continuous.
elastomers are available and selected to provide superior
Multiple plies of rubber impregnated high strength polyes-
chemical and aging resistance in temperatures ranging from
ter or nylon tire cord form the first pressure reinforcement
-30° to 400°F (See Bulletin CRG-MR1 pages 9•59 - 9•68).
over the tube. Arch swell in response to pressure and arch
migration are virtually eliminated by crisscrossed layers of SERIES HT900
reinforcement that pass over the arch and around steel rings The Invincible HT900 has all the construction features of the
embedded on both sides at the base of the arch. 900 combined with high temperature capability. DuPont™ Kevlar®
A minimum of two additional plies provide protection to the or other heat resistant fabrics replace the polyester or nylon.
carcass and the cover. The layered reinforcement and cover The tube and cover are either EPDM or Viton® for full pressure
materials are carried through the full faced flanges. service up to 350°F and 400°F respectively.

BU L L E T I N 9 00- M R 9 - 1
BACKUP RINGS
Standard expansion joints are furnished with ASA-150 backup
rings. Series ASA-300, DIN, PN, JIS and British Standards are also
available, but sometimes at higher cost. Check factory for pricing.
FILLED ARCHES
All of the styles are available with filled arch construction for
use with heavy slurries. The continuous liner prevents material
build-up in the arch. Filled arch joints have 50% of open arch
movements.
CUSTOM DESIGNS
Published dimensional data is for “Standard” joints. However,
about 50% of Mercer business consists of building custom joints.
Pressure testing of 901 joint 36” ID x 10” FF
SERIES 900
MATERIAL AVAILABILITY
& OPERATING TEMPERATURES
OFFSET JOINTS UNPARALLEL Max.
Standard Materials
FACES Series Oper.
900 Tube Cover Temp.
B Butyl Butyl 250°F
DIN E EPDM EPDM 250°F
ASA ASA PN
300 150 JIS H Hypalon® Hypalon® 225°F
British HN Hypalon® Neoprene 225°F
N Neoprene Neoprene 225°F
MISMATCHED OVERSEAS NH Neoprene Hypalon 225°F
FLANGES FLANGES Ni Nitrile Nitrile 210°F
NiN Nitrile Neoprene 210°F
NR Neoprene Natural 180°F
R Natural Natural 180°F
Mercer can custom RN Natural Neoprene 180°F
design joints for most V Viton® Viton® 250°F
special requirements.
SERIES HT900
LONGER OR SHORTER High Temperature Max.
FACE TO FACE Series Material Oper.
HT900 Cover Temp.
K-E EPDM 350°F
K-V Viton® 400°F
SPRING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT & ANCHORED PIPING APPLICATIONS

OTHER UNANCHORED APPLICATIONS
Control Rod Stop Nut Finger Compression
Tight Against Gusset Plate Sleeves Axial
Extension
Control Rod Gusset Control Rod
Gusset Assembly Assembly
Plate
Plate
Rubber Washer
Rubber Washer
& Steel Washer
& Steel Washer

BUL L E T I N 9 0 0 -MR9 - 1
Series 900 & HT900
Retaining
Rings Cover
Optional Coating of
Hypalon® Paint
Embedded
Solid Steel
Hoop Rings
Reinforcement Carcass Made
of Multiple Plies of Tough
Elastomer-Impregnated
Smooth Fabric or Tire Cord
Leak Proof
Tube
Overall
Flange
I.D. Same Thickness
as Pipe Size
Face
Bolt Circle to
Diameter Face
Flange
Standard 150 lb Drilling
O.D.
STYLE 901 OPEN ARCH DIMENSIONS, ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS* & PRESSURES†

Allowable Movements
Flange Face Overall Bolt Bolt Pressure
Pipe Outside to Flange Circle No. Hole Axial Axial Lateral Pressure Vacuum Thrust
Size Dia. Face Thickness Dia. of Dia. Compression Extension Deflection Rating Rating Area
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) Holes (in) (in) (in) (in) (psi) (in Hg) (in2)
11/2 5 6 3/4 37/8 4 5/8 2 11/8 11/8 250 30 5
2 6 6 7/8 43/4 4 3/4 2 11/8 11/8 250 30 8
21/2 7 6 7/8 51/2 4 3/4 2 11/8 11/8 250 30 10
3 71/2 6 7/8 6 4 3/4 2 11/8 11/8 250 30 13
4 9 6 7/8 71/2 8 3/4 2 11/8 11/8 250 30 21
5 10 6 7/8 81/2 8 7/8 2 11/8 11/8 250 30 29
6 11 6 7/8 91/2 8 7/8 2 11/8 11/8 250 30 40
8 131/2 6 7/8 113/4 8 7/8 2 11/8 11/8 250 30 65
10 16 8 7/8 141/4 12 1 21/4 11/4 11/4 250 30 97
12 19 8 7/8 17 12 1 21/4 11/4 11/4 250 30 135
14 21 8 11/4 183/4 12 11/8 21/2 13/8 11/2 250 20 201
Reduce movements 50%
*
16 231/2 8 11/4 211/4 16 11/8 21/2 13/8 11/2 180 20 254
when using filled arches.
18 25 8 11/4 223/4 16 11/4 21/2 13/8 11/2 180 20 314
Higher pressure joints are
†
20 271/2 8 11/4 25 20 11/4 21/2 13/8 11/2 150 20 380 special design- Advise
24 32 10 11/4 291/2 20 13/8 23/4 11/2 15/8 150 20 559 factory of requirements.
30 383/4 10 11/4 36 28 13/8 23/4 11/2 15/8 125 20 839 Sizes up to 144 available-
36 46 10 13/8 423/4 32 15/8 23/4 11/2 15/8 125 20 1175 consult factory.
Rigid Steel Mating Flange If control rods are installed as a safety measure, the locking nuts must
(weld neck or slip on type) be backed off with a clearance equal to the specified axial movement.
Vanstone or Floating Stub Control Rods The expansion joint will exert a thrust force or pressure thrust on the
Flanges Not Recommended, anchors which can be calculated using the following equation:
and Flange Hardware
Pressure Thrust = (Pressure Thrust Area) x (Rated Working Pressure)
Supplied by Others
EXPANSION JOINTS INSTALLED IN UNANCHORED
PIPING OR CONNECTED TO ISOLATED EQUIPMENT
MUST HAVE CONTROL RODS.
Control rods are installed with the nuts on the control rods be hand
tighten to the gussets, thereby locking them out. The joint will no longer
take up axial motion since the pressure will extend the joint into the nuts
Gusset of the control rods. It will make up for misalignment, transverse and
possibly angular motion.
Compression
Sleeves
PIPE ALIGNMENT
Initial misalignment should be kept to a maximum of 1/8".
PIPE FLANGE
EXPANSION JOINTS INSTALLED IN PIPING SYSTEMS Expansion joint flanges must be in contact with a continuous surface, or
MUST BE ANCHORED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE JOINT. a maximum of 1/16" standard raised face.
In this case, no control rods are necessary providing piping movements Depressions or protrusions typical of victaulic or similar type flanges must
are within the rated movements of expansion joint. be covered with a steel spacer flange to provide a continuous surface.

BU L L E T I N 9 00- M R 9 - 1
Guide Spacing – Referencing Pipe Diameter “D”
Locate Anchor
as close as practical,
Guide Spacing Guide Spacing Guide Spacing but not exceeding 4D
14D 4D 4D 14D
14D 4D 4D
Remote Close
Anchor Expansion Joint Movement based on Anchor
thermal variation over length shown
GUIDES FOR JOINT GUIDES AND ANCHORS FOR JOINT

WITHOUT ANCHORS LOCATED BETWEEN ANCHORS
Installation Instructions - 900 & HT900

the flange bolts and retighten as necessary. Repeat in a few
a. Do not weld in vicinity of expansion joint.
weeks or if leaks develop. It is normal for rubber flanges
b. Do not lift expansion joint by bolt holes; use padded to relax after initial installation. Check periodically until
sling. bolts remain tight.
c. Never operate joint beyond its rated temperature, 9. Any gouges or cuts in the cover caused during installation
pressure or movements (see page 9•110). should be inspected and sealed.
d. Mating flanges must be flat or raised face. Do not 10. If control rods are used, the clearance between the
mate with contoured flanges such as victaulic or rubber washer and the gusset plate should be the
similar configurations. allowable axial elongation, if the expansion joint is installed
joint is compressed, the gap is increased by the decrease
1. All pipelines must be properly supported, anchored and
in length. If installed elongated, the gap is decreased by
guided so joints do not carry pipe or thrust loads.
2. If piping is not anchored, control units must be used. rod plate and the washers against the nut on the other
EXAMPLES
1. 14" - 901 is installed at published 8" face to face
to face openings will reduce the allowable motion by the
dimension.
initial inaccuracy. Joints are often damaged if forced into
Set control rod gap to 13/8".
position.
2. 14" - 901 is installed 73/4" long.
5.
Apply a thin film of graphite, dispersed in glycerin or
Set control rod gap to 13/8" plus 1/4" = 15/8"
water to the rubber flange face and between the backup
ring and the back of the rubber flange to prevent rubber 3. 14" - 901 is installed 81/4" long.
the joint without damage. No gaskets or gasket sealants 11. If compression sleeves are used, no setting is required as
should be used. they are furnished to proper length.
6.
Install bolts from the backup ring side to avoid bolt 12. If these instructions are not strictly adhered to, the Mercer
projections cutting the cover. If this is impossible, bolts One-Year Guarantee is void. Joints should be checked at a
should not project more than 1/8" past the nuts. Use maximum of one year intervals for signs of cracking and
washers over split ring gaps. hardening. Expansion joints showing these symptoms
7.

BUL L E T I N 1 0 0 0 -MR5- 1
LOW SPRING RATE, LARGE Series
MOVEMENT EXPANSION JOINTS 1000

1 ARCH
Style 1001 High Movement Expansion Joint
Split Retaining Ring
Standard 150 lb
Coating of
ASA Drilling.
Hypalon® Paint
Other Drillings as Required
Embedded Solid Steel 2 ARCH

Resilient Style 1002
Arch Hoop Rings
Carcass Made of
Multiple Plies of Tough,
Elastomer-Impregnated
Polyester Tire Cord
Smooth
with Helical Steel Wire
3 ARCH
Leakproof Style 1003
Tube Reinforcement
Control Rods
Rigid Mating Flange

(Weld Neck or Slip on Type)
and Flange Hardware 4 ARCH
Supplied by Others Style 1004
Compression Sleeves
Supplied by
Mercer Rubber
EXPANSION JOINTS INSTALLED IN PIPING SYSTEMS SERIES 1000

THAT ARE ANCHORED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE JOINT. MATERIAL AVAILABILITY
No control rods are necessary. If control rods are installed as a safety & OPERATING TEMPERATURES
measure, the locking nuts must be backed off with a clearance equal Max.
Standard Materials
to the specified axial movement. The expansion joint will exert a thrust Series Oper.
force on the anchors. To calculate pressure thrust on anchors use the 1000 Tube Cover Temp.
following equation: B Butyl Butyl 250°F
Pressure Thrust = (Pressure Thrust Area) x (Rated Working Pressure) E EPDM EPDM 250°F
EXPANSION JOINTS INSTALLED IN UNANCHORED H Hypalon® Hypalon® 225°F
PIPING OR CONNECTED TO ISOLATED EQUIPMENT. HN Hypalon® Neoprene 225°F
Control rods are necessary. Once control rods are installed the joint
will no longer act as an expansion joint, since the pressure will extend NH Neoprene Hypalon® 225°F
the joint to the nuts of the control rods. The joint will no longer take up Ni Nitrile Nitrile 210°F
axial motion. It will make up for misalignment, transverse and possibly NiN Nitrile Neoprene 210°F
angular motion. The nuts of the control rods should be threaded against NR Neoprene Natural 225°F
control rod gussets, thereby preventing joint from extending.
Expansion joint flanges must be in contact with a flat faced or 1/16" RN Natural Neoprene 180°F
standard raised face flange. Depressions or protrusions typical of
vitaulic or similar type flanges must be covered with a steel spacer V Viton® Viton® 250°F
flange first. Rubber flanges will not retain loose elements in valve bodies *
Food Grade Rubber Available.
that rely on contact with a steel flange. A steel spacer flange must be
inserted between the rubber expansion joint and the valve body.

BU LLE T I N 1 000- M R 5 - 1
Style 1001 ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS & OPERATING PRESSURES
Allowable Movements
Face to Rated
Pipe Face Axial Axial Lateral Working Vacuum Compression Thrust
Size I.D. FF Compression Extension Deflection Pressure Rating Spring Rate Area
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (psi) (in Hg) (lb/in) (sq in)
2 15 4 11/2 11/2 150 5 68 33
21/2 15 4 11/2 11/2 150 5 83 38
3 15 4 11/2 11/2 150 5 100 44
4 15 4 11/2 11/2 150 5 133 56
5 15 4 11/2 11/2 120 5 168 70
6 15 4 11/2 11/2 100 5 200 95
8 15 4 11/2 11/2 75 5 265 132
10 15 4 11/2 11/2 60 5 333 176
12 15 4 11/2 11/2 50 5 400 226
14 15 4 11/2 11/2 45 5 465 283
16 15 4 11/2 11/2 40 5 533 346
18 15 4 11/2 11/2 35 5 593 415
20 15 4 11/2 11/2 30 5 665 490
Total Force Required for Rated Movements shown (Compression) = Axial Compression x Compression Spring Rate.
Example: Style 1001 Size 12 , 4 x 400 = 1600

Allowable Movements
Face to Rated
2 21 8 3 3 150 5 34 33
21/2 21 8 3 3 150 5 42 38
3 21 8 3 3 150 5 50 44
4 21 8 3 3 150 5 67 56
5 21 8 3 3 120 5 84 70
6 21 8 3 3 100 5 100 95
8 21 8 3 3 75 5 133 132
10 21 8 3 3 60 5 167 176
12 21 8 3 3 50 5 200 226
14 21 8 3 3 45 5 233 283
16 21 8 3 3 40 5 267 346
18 21 8 3 3 35 5 297 415
20 21 8 3 3 30 5 333 490

BUL L E T I N 1 0 0 0 -MR5- 1
Allowable Movements
Face to Rated
2 28 12 41/2 41/2 150 5 23 33
21/2 28 12 41/2 41/2 150 5 28 38
3 28 12 41/2 41/2 150 5 33 44
4 28 12 41/2 41/2 150 5 44 56
5 28 12 41/2 41/2 120 5 56 70
6 28 12 41/2 41/2 100 5 67 95
8 28 12 41/2 41/2 75 5 88 132
10 28 12 41/2 41/2 60 5 111 176
12 28 12 41/2 41/2 50 5 133 226
14 28 12 41/2 41/2 45 5 155 283
16 28 12 41/2 41/2 40 5 178 346
18 28 12 41/2 41/2 35 5 198 415
20 28 12 41/2 41/2 30 5 222 490

Allowable Movements
Face to Rated
2 34 16 6 6 150 5 17 33
21/2 34 16 6 6 150 5 21 38
3 34 16 6 6 150 5 25 44
4 34 16 6 6 150 5 33 56
5 34 16 6 6 120 5 42 70
6 34 16 6 6 100 5 50 95
8 34 16 6 6 75 5 66 132
10 34 16 6 6 60 5 83 176
12 34 16 6 6 50 5 100 226
14 34 16 6 6 45 5 116 283
16 34 16 6 6 40 5 133 346
18 34 16 6 6 35 5 148 415
20 34 16 6 6 30 5 166 490

BUL L E T I N D J -8 7 - 3
MERCER
DUCT CONNECTORS
Duct Connectors are Used in Duct Systems to Reduce
Vibration Transmission and Accommodate Expansion or Contraction.
In Seismic Zones, They Accommodate Differential Motion.
• Covers and tubes may be EPDM, Neoprene,
Hypalon®, Butyl, Nitrile, Viton®, Natural Rubber,
etc. as best suits the service
• Reinforcement fabrics are normally Nylon,
Polyester or Kevlar® for high temperature
• Sizes up to 154" in diameter, 154" square and
36" face to face. Smaller sizes in greater length.
• Carbon or stainless steel backup rings
• Excellent flexibility
• Exterior coat of Hypalon® paint provides additional
protection against ozone weathering and chemical
exposure
• All Duct Connectors are pressure cured in a steam
chamber for structurally sound, long service life
INTERNAL FLOWING ARCH,

SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR
DUCT CONNECTOR
Building an ME-2 2 Arch Rectangular Duct Connector in the Mercer Plant.

All steel forms are made by Mercer to your requirements.
ME-2, 2 Arch
Rectangular Duct
Connector
installed.
EXTERNAL SINGLE OR MULTIPLE ARCH

ROUND, SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR
DUCT CONNECTOR

BUL L E T I N D J -8 7-3
Rectangular Duct Connectors
EXTERNAL FLOWING ARCH MOVEMENTS

ME-1, 1 ARCH; ME-2, 2 ARCH; Compression Extension Lateral
& ME-3, 3 ARCH Type (in) (in) (in)
ME-1 21/2 13/4 2
Coating of ME-2 5 31/2 4
Hypalon® Paint ME-1 ME-3 71/2 51/4 6
1 ARCH
FEATURES
• External Flowing Arch
• Rated for Seismic Movement
• Available in Multiple Arch
Smooth Leakproof Tube

ME-2
Carcass Made of Minimum 2 ARCH
2-Ply Rubber Impregnated
Fabric or Tire Cord
Rubber Flanges
Integral with Body
Steel ME-2
Flanges
External ME-3
Flowing Arch 3 ARCH
INTERNAL
ME-1 FLOWING ARCH MOVEMENTS ME-3
MD-4 Compression Extension Lateral

Type (in) (in) (in)
MD-4 1 1/2 1/2
FEATURES
• Internal Flowing Rectangular
and Square Arch
Internal • Flanged up to 4" Flange Height
Flowing Arch • Custom Drilled
MD-4
NO ARCH
MOVEMENTS
MN-4
Compression Extension Lateral
Type (in) (in) (in)
MN-4 1/2 1/4 1/4
FEATURES
No Arch
Belt Style • No Arch Belt Style
• Flanged up to 4" Flange Height
• Custom Drilled
• Rated to Absorb Vibration
MN-4
B U L L E T I N DJ - 8 7- 3
Round Duct Connectors
EXTERNAL FLOWING ARCH MOVEMENTS

MI-9-1, 1 ARCH; MI-9-2, 2 ARCH; Compression Extension Lateral
& MI-9-3, 3 ARCH Type (in) (in) (in)
MI-9-1 13/4 1 1
Split Retaining MI-9-2 31/2 2 2
Rings
Coating of MI-9-1 MI-9-3 51/4 3 3
Hypalon® Paint 1 ARCH
FEATURES
9-I
• Single Unfilled Arch

M
• Available in Multiple Arches to

Accommodate More Movement
Carcass Made of Minimum
2-Ply Rubber Impregnated • Flanged to Match Your Drilling
Fabric or Tire Cord Including NBS and 150#
• Sizes up to 154" Diameter
Detail of
Multiple Plies
MI-9-2
2 ARCH
5/8" Beveled Edge
MI-9
MI-9_2 MI-9_3
MI-9-3
A
3 ARCH
MI-9_2 MI-9_3
NO ARCH MOVEMENTS
MC-3 Compression Extension Lateral
Type (in) (in) (in)
MC-3 3/4 0 1/4
FEATURES
• No Arch
• Flanged to Match Your Drilling
Including NBS and 150#
• Sizes up to 154” Diameter
MC-3

BUL L E T I N D J -8 7-3
Rectangular and Round Sleeve
Duct Connectors
RECTANGULAR NO ARCH MOVEMENTS

MS-4 Compression Extension Lateral
Type (in) (in) (in)
MS-4 1/2 1/4 1/4
FEATURES
Backup Bar • No Arch
MS-4ARCH
EXTERNAL FLOWING MOVEMENTS
MB-1, 1 RECTANGULAR SLEEVE
ARCH; MB-2, 2 ARCH; Compression Extension Lateral
& MB-3, 3 ARCH Type (in) (in) (in)
MB-1 13/4 1 1
Resilient Arch MB-2 31/2 2 2
MB-3 51/4 3 3
Stainless Steel Wormdrive
Clamp to Secure Connector FEATURES
to Piping
• External Flowing Arch
• Rated for Seismic Movement
• Available in Multiple Arch
Carcass Made of Minimum
2-ply Rubber Impregnated • Slides Over Various Pipe ODs
Fabric or Tire Cord
MB-1
1 ARCH
MB-2 MB-3
MB-1
MB-2 2 ARCH 3 ARCH
MB-3
MB-2 MB-3
NO ARCH MOVEMENTS
MA-1 Compression Extension Lateral
Type (in) (in) (in)
MA-1 1/2 1/4 1/4
FEATURES
1/8" Thick • No Arch Sleeve
Leakproof Tube • Slides Over Various Pipe ODs
Coating of
Soft Ends for
Hypalon® Paint
Clamping

MA-1
BUL L E T I N N C -93 0 - 5.2
MASONFLEX NEOPRENE
CONNECTORS USING
SAFEFLEX CONSTRUCTION
SINGLE-SPHERE MASONFLEX MFEJ & TWIN-SPHERE MASONFLEX MFDEJ
SINGLE-SPHERE SAFEFLEX SFU & TWIN-SPHERE SAFEFLEX SFDCR REDUCERS
Masonflex Neoprene connectors are all designed with multiple

plies of DuPont™ Kevlar® tire cord and Neoprene reinforcement.
MASONFLEX MFEJ
They are molded in hydraulic rubber presses where high pressure
NEOPRENE SINGLE-SPHERE
air bags expand inside the preforms to force the carcasses against
CONNECTOR
the mold walls.
The molds are held between heated platens, so vulcanization
takes place in the press. The tube reinforcement and cover
fuse with the reinforcement layers to make the construction
homogenous. Thus wall sections are lighter with higher ratings in
MASONFLEX MFDEJ
these truly flexible connectors and expansion joints. NEOPRENE
Masonflex has been sold without interruption for approximately TWIN-SPHERE CONNECTOR
25 years. In this latest improved version, the Kevlar® reinforcement
replaces Nylon to greatly reduce elongation and to provide virtual
insensitivity to high temperatures. We have also changed the end
designs to incorporate a solid steel ring under the split retention
flanges. The use of a solid steel ring in place of the bead wire
completely eliminates the problem
FLANGE LOCK DETAIL
of the rubber flange pulling out of
the steel flange and causing major
failures. These rim failures have been
industry wide, and eliminating this SAFEFLEX SFU
worry more than justifies the use of EPDM SINGLE- SPHERE
Masonflex in place of competitive UNION CONNECTOR
products.
The single-sphere MFEJ is used where low cost or space limitations
control. However, mechanical and acoustical performance can be
almost doubled by changing to the most commonly specified twin-
sphere construction, MFDEJ. Twin-sphere designs are more flexible
and allow greater movement. The radial expansion of the twin-
spheres serves the purpose of smoothing out water pulsations. SAFEFLEX SFDCR
EPDM TWIN-SPHERE
SFDCR twin-sphere reducers eliminate the need for cast iron or
REDUCER
steel transition pieces usually found on both ends of pumping
systems. Since the reducing fitting is eliminated, there are space,
cost and labor savings.
In the smaller sizes, we have found that noise problems are not so
extreme. Therefore, we are recommending the new Safeflex SFU
threaded connector. This greatly improved product is manufactured
in EPDM. The three bolt flanges make it easy for the installer to
tighten the loose triangular flanges to the piping sections, insert control rods on unanchored piping means that any manufacturer’s
the body with its own pair of flanges, and establish the seal by expansion joint will always be in full open position and will never
tightening three bolts. change length.
We do not understand why pipe unions are still offered by our Control rods are suggested at the pressures shown in the tables,
competitors. It is extremely difficult for a mechanic to restrain the only if the piping is unanchored on one or both sides and the joint
union end screwed to the piping, the end attached to the rubber is installed to control noise and vibration rather than expansion.
expansion joint, and to tighten the coupling nut, all at the same It is our general recommendation that flexible connectors are
time. It is simple to install a union when making attachment to always installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valve, and
a rigid pipe on either side, but very difficult when working with they are not used in pipe lines that pass through finished ceilings
rubber connectors. where water damage to the structure or the equipment below can
If expansion joints are installed for contraction and expansion be extensive.
purposes, the piping must be anchored both upstream and Other rubber materials such as Natural Rubber, EPDM, Nitrile,
downstream of the connector or it will not function. Installing Hypalon®, Butyl, etc. are available on special order.

BUL L E T I N N C -9 3 0 - 5.2
MASONFLEX MFEJ Allowable Movements
Pipe Face to
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (degrees) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) ±(in) ±(mm)
2 50 20
Face 4 100 5/8 16 1/2 13 3/8 10
to Face 21/2 65 19
3 80 18
4 100 17
Hooked Interlock 5 125 6 150 16 7/8 22 5/8 16 5/8 16
Solid Steel Ring 6 150 15
8 200 13
10 250 12
Flange Stops 8 200 1 25 3/4 19 3/4 19
12 300 11
14 350 10
Split Baked 16 400 9
Enamel Multi-Layered 9 225 11/8 29 7/8 22 7/8 22
Ductile Iron Kevlar® Tire Cord 18 450 8
Floating Flanges Fabric Reinforcement 20 500 7
with Neoprene Cover,
Liner and Fabric Frictioning 24 600 10 250 6 11/8 29 1 25 1 25
TB
TWIN-SPHERE DIMENSIONS AND ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS
TP
MASONFLEX MFDEJ Allowable Movements
Pipe Face to
Face Size Face Angular Compression Elongation Transverse
to Face (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (degrees) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) ±(in) ±(mm)
11/2 40 30
2 50 6 150 28 7/8 22 5/8 16 5/8 16
Hooked Interlock
21/2 65 27
Solid Steel Ring 3 80 26
4 100 25
5 125 9 225 24 11/8 29 7/8 22 7/8 22
Flange Stops
6 150 23
8 200 22
10 250 21
12 300 11/2 38 1 25 11/4 32
12 300 20
ID
Split Baked Multi-Layered
SS
Enamel Kevlar® Tire Cord
TB
Ductile Iron Fabric Reinforcement

Floating Flanges with Neoprene Cover,
TP
Liner and Fabric Frictioning

CP

SAFEFLEX SFU Allowable Movements
Pipe Face to
Face Size Face Angular Compression Elongation Transverse
to Face (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (degrees) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) ±(in) ±(mm)
3/4 20 7 175 25
Bead Wire, 1 25 7 175 24
SFU Only 11/4 32 8 200 23 3/4 19 3/8 10 3/8 10
TB
Baked 11/2 40 8 200 22

TP
TC
Enamel 2 50 8 200 21
ID
Multi-Layered
SS
Ductile Iron
Floating Kevlar® Tire Cord
Flanges Fabric Reinforcement OTHER SFU FITTING OPTIONS
with PEROXIDE CURED
EPDM Cover, Liner and
Fabric Frictioning
SAFEFLEX SFU-DI
Ductile Iron Threaded End
SAFEFLEX SAFEFLEX SAFEFLEX

SFU-SS SFU-CT SFU-BT
Stainless Steel Sweat Ends for Brass Threaded Ends
Threaded Ends Copper Tubing
TC
CP

BU LL E T I N N C - 9 30- 5 . 2
SAFEFLEX DIMENSIONS AND ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS
SFDCR Allowable Movements
Pipe Face to
Length (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (degrees) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) ±(in) ±(mm)
Solid Steel 3x2 80 x 50 6 150
25 1 25 5/8 16 5/8 16
No Escape 3 x 21/2 80 x 65 6 150
Retention Ring 4x3 100 x 80 7 175
20 11/4 32 3/4 19 3/4 19
Molded-In 5x4 125 x 100 8 200
Reinforcing Ring
6x4 150 x 100 9 225
6x5 150 x 125 9 225
15 15/8 41 3/4 19 7/8 22
Flange 8x6 200 x 150 11 275
Stops 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 300
Interlocked Multi-Layered
Baked Enamel Kevlar®Tire Cord
Ductile Iron Fabric Reinforcement
Floating Flanges with PEROXIDE CURED EPDM
Cover, Liner and Cord Frictioning
All flanged expansion joints illustrated in this bulletin are available with:
• British Series E Drilling • DIN or PIN-25
• British Series F Drilling
MASONFLEX MFEJ, MFDEJ, SAFEFLEX SFU AND SFDCR WITH KEVLAR® REINFORCEMENT
STANDARD AND HIGH PRESSURE CONSTRUCTION TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONS
Construction Nominal Rating in PSi at: Nominal Rating in Bat at: Max Vacuum
Construction Sizes Operating Temperatures (°F) Operating Temperatures (°C) (in
Types (in) (mm) 170°F 180°F 190°F 200°F 210°F 220°F 77°C 82°C 88°C 92°C 99°C 102°C Hg) (- Bar)
MFEJ Standard 2" - 16" 50 - 400 225 220 215 210 205 200 15.5 15.2 14.8 14.5 14.1 13.8 18" 0.6
MFEJ Standard 18" - 24" 450 - 600 180 180 175 170 165 160 12.4 12.4 12.1 11.7 11.4 11.0 18" 0.6
MFEJ High Pressure 2" - 16" 50 - 400 300 290 280 270 260 250 20.7 20.0 19.3 18.6 18.0 17.2 29" 1.0
MFEJ High Pressure 18" - 24" 450 - 600 225 220 215 210 205 200 15.5 15.2 14.8 14.5 14.1 13.8 29" 1.0
MFDEJ Standard All Sizes 225 220 215 210 205 200 15.5 15.2 14.8 14.5 14.1 13.8 10" 0.3
SFDCR Standard All Sizes 250 245 240 235 230 230 17.2 16.9 16.5 16.2 15.8 15.8 14" 0.5
SFU Standard All Sizes 250 245 240 235 230 230 17.0 16.5 16.5 16.2 15.8 15.8 18" 0.6
Burst pressures are a minimum of three times Operating Pressures.

High Pressure 14" - 24" (450 - 600mm) MFEJ are special order. All other models are stock.

BUL L E T I N N C -9 3 0 - 5.2
CONTROL RODS & CABLES
No Bushing Bushing
Small Enlarged
Washer Washer
COMPETITIVE MASON CR
MASON Control Rods Competitive Control Rods
CONTROL RODS CONTROL RODS with Oversized Washers with Small Washers
& Rubber Bushings & No Rubber Bushings
Bushing Connectors installed in unanchored piping or connected to

isolated equipment only require control rods or cables for
pressures as tabulated if as noted in table on the next page.
ACC CONTROL
CABLES Type CR and ACC control rods and cables are very different than
the average rod and rubber washer arrangement. Our sets
Enlarged are all made with oversized washers on the ends to limit the
Washer
maximum loading on the rubber materials to 1000 psi (70kg/cm2).
Competitive systems use 1/4" (6mm) rubber washers that are
Connectors installed in piping systems to allow for expansion the same size as the small standard washers. Thrust forces are
of contraction must be anchored on both ends of the piping so high that standard washers extrude out. In addition to the
run. They need no control rods or cables. Should controls be increased area and thickness of the rubber materials, all our
used, they must be adjusted so the gap between the nut and control rod washers are molded with rubber bushings so the rod
the washer allows for full outward travel of the expansion joint. or cable cannot contact the steel restraining plates and short
Piping movements must be within the tabulated allowables. circuit the system acoustically.
Installation Information for Masonflex MFEJ, MFDEJ & SFDCR

Install only where leakage or failure will not result in injury or property damage.
CAUTION: This extension procedure is an ABSOLUTE must on

all connections to spring mounted systems such as pumps
(when control rods are not used) or the connectors may drive
Anchor Anchor
the spring solid under the pumps or shift the foundation.
MFEJ, MFDEJ & SFDCR CONNECTORS All high pressure connectors should have control rods set at
Connectors that are used in expansion applications must be maximum expansion joint allowable elongation.
installed with anchors on either side of the connector.
MFEJ, MFDEJ AND SFDCR CONNECTORS USED AS

NOISE AND VIBRATION DAMPENERS ONLY AND
INSTALLED IN UNANCHORED PIPING WILL GROW IN
RESPONSE TO THE PRESSURE AS SHOWN BELOW.
Adjust the spring mountings so the equipment is at the proper
level. Leave a space between pipe flanges equal to the length
shown below and draw the connectors out evenly with the
flange bolts. Spring supported equipment may lift in response
to the tightening so the connector may not be fully extended. Only Use Control Rods or Cables if:
When the connector is at operating pressure the system will
1. Expansion Joints cannot be pre-extended
return to the original position.
and pipe or equipment would be a problem.
2. As an added precaution.

BU LL E T I N N C - 9 30- 5 . 2
MASONFLEX MFEJ
225 psi Construction 15.3 Bar Construction
Pipe 0 50 100 150 200 225 0 3.4 6.8 10.2 13.6 15.3 Install Flange Bolts with
Size psi psi psi psi psi psi Bar Bar Bar Bar Bar Bar Heads on Joint Side
(in) (mm) Face to Face Length (in) Face to Face Length (mm)
2 50 4 4 4 4 4 4 100 100 100 100 100 100
21/2 65 4 4 4 4 4 4 100 100 100 100 100 100
3 80 6 6 6 6 6 6 150 150 150 150 150 150
4 100 6 6 6 6 61/16 61/8 150 150 150 150 151 153
5 125 6 6 6 6 61/16 61/8 150 150 150 150 151 153
6
8
150
200
6
6
6
6
6 6 /16 61/8
1
61/16 61/8 63/16
63/16
61/4
150
150
150 150 151 153
150 151 153 155
155
156
MFEJ
10 250 8 8 81/16 81/8 83/16 81/4 200 200 201 203 205 206
12 300 8 8 81/16 81/8 81/4 83/8 200 200 201 203 206 210
14 350 9 9 91/8 91/4 93/8 91/2 225 225 228 231 235 238
1/8" (3mm)
16 400 9 91/8 91/4 93/8 91/2 95/8 225 228 231 235 238 241
Maximum
180 psi Construction 12.3 Bar Construction Extension
Pipe 0 50 100 150 180 0 3.4 6.8 10.2 12.3 FF if nuts are on
Size psi psi psi psi psi Bar Bar Bar Bar Bar inside
SPACE REQUIRED BETWEEN FLANGES
18 450 9 91/4 93/8 91/2 95/8 225 231 235 238 241 for VARIOUS PRESSURES
20 500 9 91/4 93/8 91/2 95/8 225 231 235 238 241
24 600 10 101/4 101/2 105/8 103/4 250 256 262 266 269
MASONFLEX MFDEJ
225 psi Construction 15.3 Bar Construction
Pipe 0 50 100 150 200 225 0 3.4 6.8 10.2 13.6 15.3 Install Flange Bolts with
Size psi psi psi psi psi psi Bar Bar Bar Bar Bar Bar Heads on Joint Side
11/2 40 6 6 6 6 6 6 150 150 150 150 150 150
2 50 6 6 6 6 6 6 150 150 150 150 150 150
21/2 65 6 6 6 6 61/16 61/8 150 150 150 150 151 153
3 80 9 9 9 9 91/16 91/8 225 225 225 225 226 228
4 100 9 9 91/16 91/8 93/16 91/4 225 225 226 228 230 231
5
6
125
150
9
9
91/16 91/8
9 91/8
93/16 95/16
91/4 93/8
93/8
91/2
225
225
226
225
228
228
230
231
233
235
235
237
MFDEJ
8 200 9 91/8 91/4 93/8 91/2 95/8 225 228 231 235 237 241
10 250 12 123/16 123/8 129/16 123/4 127/8 300 305 310 313 319 322
12 300 12 123/16 123/8 129/16 123/4 127/8 300 305 310 313 319 322 1/8" (3mm)
Maximum
Extension
FF if nuts are on
inside
SPACE REQUIRED BETWEEN FLANGES

for VARIOUS PRESSURES
SAFEFLEX SFDCR
Pipe 0 100 200 250 0 6.8 13.6 17
3x2
3 x 21/2
80 x 50
80 x 65
6 61/8
6 61/8
63/16 61/4
63/16 61/4
150
150
153
153
155
155
156
156
SFDCR
4x3 100 x 80 7 71/8 71/4 73/8 175 178 181 185
5x4 125 x 100 8 83/16 83/8 81/2 200 205 210 212
1/8" (3mm)
6x4 150 x 100 9 93/16 93/8 91/2 225 230 235 237 Maximum
6x5 150 x 125 9 91/4 97/16 99/16 225 231 236 239 Extension
8x6 200 x 150 11 113/8 111/2 115/8 275 285 287 291 FF if nuts are on
inside
10 x 8 250 x 200 12 121/2 123/4 13 300 312 319 325
VARIOUS PRESSURES

BUL L E T I N N C -9 3 0 - 5.2
Installation Procedures for Masonflex MFEJ, MFDEJ, Safeflex SFDCR and SFU
It is our general recommendation that flexible connectors are always installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valve, and
they are not used in pipe lines that pass through finished ceilings where water damage to the structure or the equipment below
can be extensive.
Install only where leakage or failure will not result in injury or 9. Although the expansion joints will readily adjust
property damage. themselves to misaligned flanges within the specified
1. a. E
xpansion joint rubber flanges must be in contact movements, they should not be installed where there is more
with a flat surface. Normal 1/16" (1.5mm) raised face than 1/8" (3mm) of initial misalignment or lack of parallelism
is okay. Unacceptable depressions or protrusions are in the expansion joints.
typical of victaulic or similar flanges. 10. Slide the connector into position and insert all the flange
b. Flange stops must bear on full diameter mating flanges. bolts. The rubber face must be centered exactly on the
opening. Be sure that the bolts are inserted with the
c. Rubber flanges will not retain loose elements in valve
heads facing the rubber and the nuts on the outside
bodies that rely on contact with a steel flange. For
so they are on the outside of the mating flange. If it
example, some check valves are manufactured with
is impossible to insert the bolts in this direction, the
brass inserts positioned by screws. When mating steel
tightened end of the bolt must not protrude more than
flanges with these valves, there is no problem. However,
1/8" (3mm) beyond the inside nut. Larger protrusions may
with a rubber connector, it cuts the rubber face and can
result in the bolt cutting into the rubber cover.
cause failure, leakage or brass insert escape.
11. After all bolts are inserted, make them finger tight and
2.
Any of the above conditions must be corrected by
then proceed to adjust them evenly in a circle. Tighten
installing a full diameter steel flange drilled to standard
the bolts to 75% of the maximum recommended torque
dimensions so the flange bolts pass through it. The I.D.
for the bolt size until all bolts have the same tightness.
matches the I.D. of the piping. Minimum Plate Thickness is
Tightness may be increased if there is joint leakage.
as follows: 1/2" (13mm) thick for 11/2" to 8" (40 to 200mm)
pipe ; 3/4" (19mm) thick for 10" to 18" (250 to 450mm) 12. All rubber materials tend to relax over a period of time.
pipe; and 1" (25mm) thick for 20" to 24" (500 to 600mm) It is good practice to check the tightness of the bolts for
pipe. Gasket between this filler flange and the mating the 75% torque about two weeks after installation, and in
steel flange. extreme cases, particularly when a line is heated up and
allowed to cool repeatedly it is advisable to continue to
3. Before installing the connector, be certain that all surfaces
check bolt tightness on a monthly basis until such time as
are clean and there are no sharp edges of any kind on the
the last check shows no further tightening is required.
steel flanges. No gasket is required. Apply a thin film of
graphite dispersed in glycerin or water to the face of the 13. Allowing the bolts to loosen may cause leaks.
rubber flanges before installing. No other type of lubricant 14. Insulation on cold lines should be installed for easy remov-
or seal should be used on the flange face. The graphite al to facilitate retightening.
prevents the rubber from adhering to the metal flange
15. In order to prevent heat buildup, expansion joints in hot
so that the rubber joint can be removed without damage,
lines should not be insulated.
should it ever be necessary.
16. While our expansion joints are guaranteed for a period
4. If the connector is to be installed in a system where the
of one year and designed for many years of service, it is
operating pressures do not dictate the use of control
suggested that expansion joints are replaced every five
rods, but the connector is to be pre-extended to allow
years. Cover cracking is of no significance and only cosmetic.
for growth under pressure, the gap between the piping
flanges should be large enough to allow for the growth as SFU INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
indicated on the operating pressure chart. (See general precautions above)
5. Expansion joints installed for expansion and compression 1. Attach flanges to piping so length between inside flange
applications should be installed at normal length. Check faces is equal to face to face length of rubber section of
allowable movements against design requirements the SFU.
between anchors. 2. Insert center section of the SFU and the 3 bolts on each
6.
Check temperature and pressure ratings and never end. Tighten evenly to 75% of torque value.
exceed them. 3. Retighten as in 12 above.
7. Check for chemical compatibility with the ordered material. IT IS IMPORTANT TO FOLLOW ALL OF THE NUMBERED
8. Do not weld near the expansion joints or weld the steel INSTRUCTIONS TO AVOID NEEDLESS PROBLEMS.
flanges to the piping after the expansion joints are
installed. This will either burn or seriously damage the
expansion joints.

TES T B U L L E T I N 9 0 1
NEOPRENE CONNECTORS
ACOUSTICAL FIELD TEST
Reprint of Field Test Report: CHILLED WATER PUMP PIPE RESONANCE NOISE
Conducted by: CERAMI AND ASSOCIATES, November 1976
Noise measurement on 18th

floor both before and after
insertion of neoprene
connectors.
Footed 5" x 8" el that was

replaced by 5" MFTNC and
5" x 8" tapered reducer.
Vibration measurements being

taken prior to installation of
twin-sphere MFTNC connector
in suction line.
5" MFNEC neoprene elbow

installed in discharge line.
Note: Elbows discontinued,
use MFTNC.
Twin-sphere 8" MFTNC

connector installed in
suction line.
MFTNC
MASON-FLEX
TWIN-SPHERE
CONNECTOR
MFNEC
MASON-FLEX
ELBOW CONNECTOR
page one of four

TEST B U L L E T I N 90 1
Gentlemen:
In accordance with our recommendations, an acoustical test program was completed in which chilled water pipe resonance noise
was attenuated by means of inserting flexible neoprene pipe connectors in the pump discharge and suction lines.
This report submits results of the test, and comments on our test findings.
A) Original Survey Findings
Towards the end of our job inspections of acoustical conditions in the newly completed 25 story annex building to the original American Home
Products building at 684 Third Avenue, we detected a pure tone-like noise on the 18th floor of the new building, measured to be at 46 dB,
peaking at 147 Hz. The level of noise was not overly high, but due to its pure-tone like quality, it was easily audible over the ambient noise.
The 147 Hz tone was subsequently traced to a pair of 75 H.P. chilled water pumps located on the 27th floor of the original building,
transmitting the noise to the 18th floor of the new building via a pair of chilled water pipe risers which connected the pumps to new
chillers located in a machine room below the 18th floor office space. The noise could be heard with either or both pumps running.
B) Cause of Noise
The acoustic energy transmitted to the 18th floor which peaked at 147 Hz was the product of the pump rotating speed, nominally at
1750 RPM, and the number of vanes in the pump impeller, which was 5. The peak tone therefore was at the impeller vane frequency.
The fact that the acoustic energy was telegraphed over nine floors to a remote location from the pumps, represented an acoustic
phenomenon created by a resonance in the piping configuration, resulting in significant amplification in fluid pulsations occurring at
the impeller vane frequency.
C) Test Objective
Having diagnosed the source of noise, the objective in any noise attenuation attempts should be to disrupt the acoustic standing wave
pattern within the piping configuration. It was our opinion that a significant change in the pipe wall rigidity close to the source could provide
just such a disruption.
Suitable products which have the potential of providing the acoustical results desired are neoprene flexible pipe connectors such as
the Mason-Flex Connectors by Mason Industries, Inc., Hollis, N.Y.
With the client's approval, two Mason-Flex Connectors were installed for one of the two pumps as follows:
Suction Line: 8" diameter Mason Type MFTNC twin-sphere neoprene pipe connector.
Discharge Line: 5" Mason Type MFNEC elbow neoprene pipe connector.
Approximate locations of the installed flexible connectors are shown in the sketch sheet.
D) Test Results
Pipe wall vibration levels, which are good indicators of level of acoustic energy in the fluid flow, were measured at identical locations before
and after the insertion of the Mason-Flexes.
Curves 1 through 6 depict the differences in pipe wall vibration at measurement locations indicated on the sketch sheet. It is apparent from
the curves that reductions in vibration levels were most substantial at and around the original resonant frequency of 147 Hz. This type of
reduction implies that an effective de-tuning of the original resonance had been achieved with the Mason-Flexes. Residual pipe wall vibrations
are mainly random without any peculiar peaks which caused the pure tone noise transmission.
Further indication of the successfully de-tuned piping system can be seen on Curves 7 and 8 which show the before and after pipe wall
vibration on the risers at the 18th floor.
The final proof of the favorable test results was in the decrease in sound pressure level on the 18th floor. Curve 9 shows the before and
after noise levels on the 18th floor, indicating a drop from NC-36 to NC-26.
The NC-26 sound level was measured at night when the entire building was shut down except for the chilled water pump with the new
Mason-Flexes. Under such a quiet ambient condition, there was no audible signal whatsoever of the original pipe resonance noise.
In view of the total success in attenuating the pipe resonance noise with the Mason-Flexes on one of the two pumps, it seems logical that
the other chilled water pumps should also be furnished with the same flexible connectors to maintain quiet operation from both pumps.
Should you have any questions on the above, kindly advise.
Very truly yours,
CERAMI AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
Submitted by: Fred Shen, P.E., Senior Consultant
page two of four

T E S T B U L L E T I N 9 01
Suction Discharge
Pipe Wall Vibration Before Insertion

Measurement
36" of Flexible Neoprene Connector.
Locations
8" Lines
Pipe Wall Vibration After Insertion
Mason-Flex Pump of Flexible Neoprene Connector.
MFTNC End 5" x 8"
Twin-Sphere Tapered
8" Connector Reducer
Mason-Flex 80
Strainer
MFNEC CURVE 4
Elbow 5"
Point 4 - 90° to Shaft
Connector
70
80 VIBRATION
CURVE 1 REDUCTION
Point 1
Parallel to Shaft
VIBRATION
60
REDUCTION
Third Octave Band Acceleration Level In dB re 1g - Third Octave Band Level In dB 0.0002 Microbar
70
Third Octave Band Acceleration Level In dB re 1g - Third Octave Band Level In dB re 0.0002 Microbar
50
60 20 50 100 200 500 1000
80 CURVE 5
Point 5 - 90° to Shaft
50
20 50 100 200 500 1000
80
70
CURVE 2 VIBRATION
Point 2 REDUCTION
Parallel to Shaft
VIBRATION
70 REDUCTION 60
60
50
20 50 100 200 500 1000
CURVE 6
50 Point 6 - 90° to Shaft
20 50 100 200 500 1000
80
80 CURVE 3
Point 3
Parallel to Shaft
70
VIBRATION
REDUCTION
70
VIBRATION
REDUCTION
60
60
50
50
20 50 100 200 500 1000 20 50 100 200 500 1000
Frequency in Cycles Per Second (Hz) Frequency in Cycles Per Second (Hz)
page three of four

Pipe Wall Vibration Before Insertion
of Flexible Neoprene Connector.
(Curves 7 and 8)
Pipe Wall Vibration After Insertion
of Flexible Neoprene Connector.
(Curves 7 and 8)
ORIGINAL BLDG
CURVE 7
60
VIBRATION
REDUCTION
27th Floor
50
Third Octave Band Level In dB re 0.0002 Microbar
ANNEX BLDG
Third Octave Band Acceleration Level In dB re 1g
40
Vibration Measurements on
Discharge Line on 18th Floor.
20 50 100 200 500 1000 MEASUREMENT

18th Floor
Office Space LOCATIONS ON
PIPE RISERS
CURVE 8 18th Floor
60
16th Floor
VIBRATION M.E.R.
REDUCTION
TO CHILLERS
50
MFNEC
MASON-FLEX
ELBOW
40 CONNECTOR
Vibration Measurements on
Suction Line on 18th Floor. Nylon Tire Cord
Reinforced Neoprene
Construction
20 50 100 200 500 1000
Frequency in Cycles Per Second (Hz)
60
CURVE 9
Octave Band Level In dB re 0.0002 Microbar
NOISE Floating Steel

NC-50
REDUCTION Flanges
50
NC-40
40
NC-30 MFTNC
Noise Level Before
MASON-FLEX
Insertion of
30 Neoprene Connectors. TWIN-SPHERE
CONNECTOR
Noise Level After
Insertion of
NC-20
Neoprene Connectors.
Noise Measurements in Room
Adjacent to Piping on 18th Floor
20
31.5 63 125 250 500 1000
Center Frequency in Cycles Per Second (Hz)
page four of four

TES T B U L L E T I N 9 0 2
NEOPRENE CONNECTORS
ACOUSTICAL FIELD TEST
Reprint of Field Test Report: Sound & Vibration Attenuation of Actual Installation
Conducted by: Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., November 1976
A worthwhile flexible connector must be rugged and long

lasting and provide sufficient flexibility and sound attenuation
so that its insertion in a noisy system will reduce transmitted
noise and vibration on a reasonably predictable basis.
We had worked extensively with braided metallic connectors,
wire reinforced hose and conventional single and multiple
arch rubber expansion joints before our exposure to the
connectors illustrated on the page. While the older style hoses MFTFU
and expansion joints performed well mechanically in solving Mason-Flex Twin-Sphere Union Connector
misalignment, expansion and vibratory fatigue problems,
their effectiveness was both limited and unpredictable for
noise attenuation.
These new Mason-Flex connectors offer new hope as the
construction consists of multiple layers of nylon tire cord
and chloroprene without steel wire. Thus, they can expand
volumetrically in response to pressure changes to smooth
our audible water pulsations. This report is but one of a
series to gather data on many sizes. In this test, we are
dealing with unanchored lightweight copper lines, so the
connector is “looking into” an extremely flexible piping
member. The Type MFTFU was used because of its small
size and the need for screw ends.
MFNC
Mason-Flex Single-Sphere Connector
MFTNC
Mason-Flex Twin-Sphere Connector
page one of four

50 Moulton Street
Cambridge, Mass. 02138
Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc.
Telephone (617) 491-1850
The originally installed vibration eliminators were 3/4 inch I.D. with an overall length of 111/2 inches. The eliminator consisted of a
fatigue resistant corrugated tin bronze seamless tubing core with bronze braid covering. Standard copper tube fittings were soldered
on both ends of each unit (See Figure 1).
These vibration eliminators had been installed in May of 1973 to reduce the transmission of objectionable noise and vibration from
a pressure booster pump to the living spaces of the house via the piping system. The application of these units did, in fact, attenuate
vibration transmission and effectively reduce sound pressure levels measured in two bathrooms as shown in Curves 1 and 2.
However, during a period of three years between the installation date and May 1976, the objectionable noise and vibration returned to
measured levels even higher than the original conditions prior to applying the initial units. Either the bronze connectors progressively
lost their attenuation capabilities, the pump became increasingly noisy or both.
Shortly after vibration measurements were made on 4 August 1976, these units (four total) were removed physically from the
piping system. Close visual examination revealed the units to be quite clean internally with the exception of apparently minimal
corrosion and deposits. It had been suspected that perhaps corrosion and deposits (sediment) had clogged or stiffened the bellows
corrugations internally, thereby reducing the effectiveness of the bellows. Although this does not appear to be the case, it is intended
that the units will be further examined and tested in a metallurgy laboratory for determining, if possible, any malfunction of the units.
About 1 November 1976 the installation of four Mason Industries 3/4 inch Twin-Sphere MFTFU Union Connector vibration isolation
units was completed (See Figure 2). The Mason units were installed in precisely the same locations as the original units which were
removed (See Figure 3).
Because the Mason units were furnished with union ends, final connections to existing copper piping were made with short
threaded plastic nipples and threaded female to sweat copper adapters each end of each vibration isolation unit. The plastic
nipples also served as dielectric separators between dissimilar metals.
Vibration measurements were made in the same positions as those taken for the original units. The measurement position locations
are shown in Figure 3. During the course of conducting sound and vibration measurements, the home intercom system was pressed
into service to determine, from bathroom locations, whether the pump in the basement was operating or not.
Curves 1 and 2 graphically indicate the reduction in noise level in the two bathrooms resulting from the installation of the Mason
units. A very significant noise attenuation was achieved from the pump impeller blade passage peak noise level in the 250 Hz octave
band. The Goulds pump impeller has four blades, thus blade frequency increment 4 x 3450 / 60 = 230 Hertz. Related reductions in
vibration acceleration levels may be noted at 250 Hz on Curves 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 plotting measured vibration levels at measurement
positions 2, 4, 6 and 8. It is further observed that rather dramatic attenuation of vibration occurs from the 250 Hz through the 8000 Hz
octave bands at measurement positions noted above with the following exceptions.
1) Positions 2 and 4 at 1000 Hz: Acceleration levels only 1dB difference.
2) Position 6: No difference in attenuation detected.
Conclusion: The installation of the Mason-Flex connectors reduced the noise levels in the top floor bathroom from NC 38 to NC 15 and
in the main floor bathroom from NC 42 to NC 22 as compared to the bronze connectors. No tests were run in 1976 on solid piping but
it can be assumed these levels would have been as high or higher than those of the installed bronze connectors.
BOLT BERANEK AND NEWMAN INC.
Robert S. Jones, P.E.

Supervisory Consultant
Boston Washington Chicago Houston Los Angeles San Francisco
page two of four

TE S T B U L L E T I N 9 02
JOB NO 136619 / BOLT BERANEK AND NEWMAN INC
50
Bronze Connectors (Aug 1976) CURVE 1
TOP FLOOR BATHROOM
NC- Airborne Sound Pressure Levels
40
40
Solid Piping
in 1973
NC-
30
30
Octave Band Sound Pressure Level In dB re 0.0002 Microbar
Mason-Flex
MFTFU NC
-20
(Nov 1976)
20 Ambient
(Pump Off) Bronze Connectors
Approximate When Installed
Threshold of Hearing (May 1973)
for Continuous Noise
Ref: Acustica 14 (1964)
Page 33, Figure 14
10
31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
50 CURVE 2
Bronze Connectors (Aug 1976)
MAIN FLOOR BATHROOM
Airborne Sound Pressure Levels
NC-
40
40
Bronze Connectors
When Installed (May 1973)
NC-
30
30 Mason-Flex
MFTFU
(Nov 1976)
Solid Piping
in 1973
20 NC
Approximate
Ambient -20
Threshold of Hearing (Pump Off)
for Continuous Noise
Ref: Acustica 14 (1964)
Page 33, Figure 14
10
31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Octave Band Center Frequencies in Hz (cps)
Female Close Pitched

Bronze Corrugated
Copper
Braid Bronze Hose
Ends
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
Originally installed vibration eliminator, bronze core, MFTFU Mason-Flex Twin-Sphere Connector used
bronze braid covering, 3/4" ID x 111/2" long. as replacement for the original eliminators.
page three of four

BOLT BERANEK AND NEWMAN INC / JOB NO 136619
Bronze Units (4 Aug 1976)

Mason MFTFU Units (9 Nov 1976)
NOTES: Concrete -10

1. Piping Not Anchored or Wall
Otherwise Restrained.
2. All Piping 3/4 inch Copper.
3. Piping System Generally -20
Vibration
Unsecured. Measurement
Positions
-30
Pressure
Tank
-40
Pressure
Gauge VIBRATION
REDUCTION
-50
-60
Goulds Circulating
Concrete Pump - 1/2 Horsepower -
Floor 3450 RPM - 30 to 45 PSI -70
CURVE 5
Position 6
Plywood Base 31.5 125 500 2M 8M
Secured to
Concrete Floor
FIGURE 3 -10
Vibration Acceleration Level In dB RE 1G
Schematic piping arrangement at pressure pump.
-20
Bronze Units (4 Aug 1976) -30 VIBRATION

REDUCTION
Mason MFTFU Units (9 Nov 1976)
-60 -40
-70 -50
VIBRATION
-80 REDUCTION -60
CURVE 6
CURVE 3
Vibration Acceleration Level In dB RE 1G
Position 8
Position 2
-90 -70
31.5 125 500 2M 8M 31.5 125 500 2M 8M
-20 -20
VIBRATION VIBRATION
-30 REDUCTION REDUCTION
-30
-40 -40
-50 -50
-60 -60
CURVE 4 CURVE 7
Position 4 Position on Faucet Fixture
-70 in Main Floor Bathroom
-70
31.5 125 500 2M 8M 31.5 125 500 2M 8M
Octave Band Center Frequencies in Hz (cps) Octave Band Center Frequencies in Hz (cps)
page four of four

BUL L E T I N S F -9 20
A COMPARISON of SPOOL
& SPHERICAL EXPANSION JOINTS
Forty or fifty years ago, all spool type flanged rubber expansion
joints were hand built and many are still being made that way
today. Hand built quality depends on a technician working at a
slow speed foot-controlled lathe that turns a form of the proper
inside diameter. The form has a centered rubber arch or multiple
arches to form the arch cavities, and adjustable steel flanges
that are set for the face-to-face dimension.
The builder begins by wrapping the form with a rubber liner that
goes over the arch and up the flanges on both sides to form
the tube. Successive layers of rubber impregnated tire cord are
similarly worked up across the arch and up the flanges to begin
the reinforcement system. Wire is spiraled over the tire cord to
provide radial strength, and this process is continued until the
uncured rubber cover provides the finish.
SERIES 500 SPOOL TYPE EXPANSION JOINT
Resilient Arch
Flanges Integral
with Body

Wire or Other Radial
Reinforcement

Rings or Wire
Steel Ring Arch Anchors

The principal advantages of hand building are relatively

inexpensive tooling and the ability to vary construction, size
and materials in response to specialized demand. We have built
joints as large as 12 ft I.D. This is a slow expensive process, but
the heavily walled hand built joints withstand industrial service
Multiple Plies Steel as no other commodity can.
of Tough, Rubber Backup
Impregnated Fabric or Tire Cord Rings Interesting variations on the straight walled construction are the
concentric and eccentric family of reducers. Variations of length
Secondary steel mold plates are then clamped to the mandrel and diameter change are infinite and reducers with a 12" flange
flanges to compress the uncured rubber and fabric. The body on the inlet, dropping to 4" on the outlet are not unusual.
between the flanges is wrapped with Nylon tape to force the
multiple layers into more intimate contact. Finally the complete HAND BUILT
wrapped assembly is taken off the lathe and placed in a CONCENTRIC
steam chamber for curing and the mandrel, steel flanges and REDUCER
wrappings are removed after vulcanization. The carcass is
trimmed and holes drilled in the rubber flanges to complete
fabrication.

BUL L E T I N S F -9 2 0
We recognized the need for another lower cost approach for Spherical molded expansion joints differ from hand wrapped
HVAC and looked to the tire industry. Tires withstand exposure (spool type) joints in the final product as well as the method
to sunlight and ozone, rain, desert dryness, heat and cold, as of manufacture. Spool type joints derive their radial strength
well as high frequency and shock loads. They hold high pressure from wire or steel ring reinforcement. The straight end sections
air without leakage while undergoing extreme flexure, even between the arch and the rubber flanges are stiff rubber pipe.
after many years of service and are often retreaded because The only part of the joint that is not rigidly reinforced is the arch
the walls stand up so well. It would certainly follow that a itself. Since the design is for industrial applications where noise
similar construction would be most suitable for flexible pipeline and vibration are of little consequence, spool type expansion
connectors in HVAC applications. Spherical expansion joints joints only address movements. The arch is very heavily
were already on the market overseas and to a limited extent reinforced and quite stiff as well, so there is little change in
in the United States, so our direction was engineering volume in response to pressure.
improvement rather than invention. Hand wrapped arches are essentially straight walled so when
The manufacturing process is much simpler than for hand the system is pressurized, the arch stretches like a bellows toward
wrapped joints. All spherical expansion joints are built with failure when unrestrained. If the expansion joint is installed
straight carcasses. The tube and plies, as well as the cover, are in a piping system with anchors both up and downstream,
laid up on a straight mandrel and the tire cord reversed and it is contained and performs very well in response to thermal
turned back around end cables or rigid end rings, depending on expansion or contraction.
the style of expansion joint. The straight preform is placed in a
steel mold that has been machined to the outside shape, rather
than hand wrapped with Nylon. The mandrel has already been Normal Stretched
Toward
removed and replaced by an air bag. Length
Failure
When the mold is closed with the help of a hydraulic press, two
things take place. First, the ends are folded back to form the
raised rubber flange, which is the same diameter as the raised
face of a steel flange. Second, the spherical shape is taken when UNRESTRAINED SINGLE ARCH
SPOOL TYPE EXPANSION JOINT
the air bag is inflated to force the carcass out against the hot
steel walls. Instead of the steam cure that is used for the hand
built joints, curing takes place in a hydraulic press with heated
platens on either side of the mold. The air pressure used in
Anchor Anchor
this molding process is higher than the pressure normally
obtained by hand wrapping, so spherical joints tend to be more In HVAC applications, we are generally dealing with thermal
homogeneous than hand wrapped designs. movements that are handled some other way. The expansion
joint is installed to make the installation simpler, compensate
for misalignment, relieve the equipment flanges of stress,
compensate for seismic movement and primarily to prevent
the transmission of noise and vibration. The expansion joints
are often installed next to equipment that is spring mounted,
as is the piping. Therefore, the piping is not anchored, and if
hand wrapped spool type expansion joints were used, it would
be necessary to install control rods to prevent elongation
failure. Once control rods are used in unanchored situations, the
pressure thrust is always taken by the control rods so the
SPHERICAL MOLD control rods bypass the expansion joint and transmit both
AND HYDRAULIC noise and vibration.
PRESS
Control Rods
RESTRAINED
SINGLE ARCH
EXPANSION
JOINT

B U L L E T I N SF- 9 2 0
Rubber flanged hoses were used in HVAC applications for many There is no steel wire reinforcement in a spherical joint. The
years, as eliminating the arch made the hose less sensitive to pressure is taken by reinforcing the sphere with tire cord bridg-
elongation. The carcasses were wire reinforced and quite stiff ing from flange to flange. Each fiber is loaded in much the same
in the radial direction, but there was still a tendency to stretch way as the principal cables of a suspension bridge between
about 7% of the length. While the hoses would not fail, the turrets. The hanging cables transmit the roadway loading to the
stretching created other problems, as a 36" long hose could main cable in a fashion similar to the pressure working on the
stretch 21/2". Since it is almost impossible to accommodate wall of the expansion joint.
21/2" elongation, hoses were similarly installed with restraining
rods or cables on isolated or unanchored systems. Anchor Hanger
Point Main Cable Cables
VIBRAFLEX RUBBER FLANGED HOSE
Anchor
Point Tirecord
Pressure
Spherical expansion joint designs are entirely different. The

By varying the number of ply layers and setting the angle of
spherical expansion joint is a spherical balloon. When a balloon
manufacture in relation to the axis of the expansion joint,
is inflated, the diameter is fixed at a given pressure. Additional
the swell and movement of the ends can be controlled. While
pressure will increase the diameter to a larger but predictable
they are truly expansion joints, we often describe this line of
dimension. This principal is used in the design of spherical
spherical devices as connectors, as they combine the most
expansion joints. We cut two holes on opposite sides of the
desirable properties of both hose and expansion joints.
sphere and flange at those locations. The resulting characteristics
are entirely different than those of the spool type expansion The spherical design develops a balancing force to the thrust
joint where there are no counterbalancing forces and the generated by the pressure, so that the sections expand to
pressure causes elongation to destruction. a given predictable length under pressure. In this way, they
act like hose, but with very little extension. In unanchored
locations, such as pipelines to spring mounted equipment, there
are pre-extension instructions to the predicted length under
pressure. This prevents compression of the springs or shifting of
Equal Distribution of the pump or equipment foundations. However, they can be com-
Pressure in a Sphere
pressed, extended, moved transversely or angularly in response
to vibratory or thermal forces to a greater degree than most
spool type expansion joints if anchors are introduced.
MOVEMENT ILLUSTRATIONS
Axial Compression Axial Elongation
Pressure on Projected Areas

Equals Missing Portions of
Sphere so There is Little
Elongation
Transverse Angular

BUL L E T I N S F -9 2 0
When we started manufacturing spherical connectors, we Because our spherical connectors are used for noise and
believed, and later proved in various tests that for the first time vibration, the most commonly specified device is the twin
we had a device that would effectively reduce fluid transmitted sphere. In our work, we only use the single sphere where space
noise when spool type joints do not. The entire carcass of rules out the double, or where our client is working to lesser
spherical, and particularly double sphere, designs breathes in specifications by other firms. 3/4" through 2" sphericals are
response to the changing pressure caused by sound induced made with threaded ends.
pressure pulsations. This serves to damp out this pressure wave
in the fluid as the wave passes through the expansion joint. THREADED UNION
MECHANICS OF SOUND REDUCTION MOLDED SINGLE
SPHERE
Positive Negative
Pulsation Pulsation
As a matter of historical record, we had produced spherical

Normal Normal connectors in standard short radius elbows and in long radius
Pressure Volume elbow reducers. Although these devices were a technical
Position
success, there simply was not enough market demand. We con-
tinue to produce a wide range of concentric twin sphere, flanged
spherical reducers.
We have continually modified these designs to eliminate the MOLDED

need for control rods or control cables. Our very latest series SPHERICAL
(Safeflex) is extremely effective in doing so. Control rods are not CONCENTRIC
needed at full pressure in all the sizes 11/2" through 14" both REDUCER
single and double sphere. Controls may also be omitted at most
pressures through 24".
All spherical expansion joints are furnished with ductile or steel

floating flanges that are independent of the body. The body is
retained either by means of an embedded flexible cable bead
held into a flange groove by a one piece flange or by split flanges
Please refer to our specific product bulletins for precise
that bear down on a rigid encased steel ring. It is actually the
information about temperature, pressure and movement
end of the connector that forms the seal and no gaskets are
characteristics as well as the chemical resistance properties
required. It is important, however, that the spherical joint mates
of the various elastomers.
with a solid surface and not a hollow flange such as those used
in victaulic service. A simple spacer flange can solve this type of
problem. MASON INDUSTRIES, INC.
Since the steel or ductile flanges are floating at each end,
there is never a problem in installing these joints and lining
up the holes and there is no possibility of torsional distortion
during installation. Flanges are normally drilled to 150 or 300 lb
Norm Mason
ASA standards in the United States, but they are also available
in DIN, JIN, PIN, Korean, British E or F, as well as other world
standards.

F O R M A -2 4 3 75 - 4
SAFEFLEX SFDEJ-HE
HINGED EXPANSION JOINTS
NEUTRAL POSITION
L SL L
Hinge with Slot
Ends Must Be Anchored Pipe Length Depends on Pipe Section by Mason Industries Inc.
to Structure to Accept Field Conditions and Required Mercer or Others Safeflex SFDEJ
Pipe Thrust Differential Settlement
SETTLEMENT POSITION
DS
CALCULATIONS SAFEFLEX SFDEJ-HE

The minimum spool length (SL) based on a specified differential Pipe Allowable Length
settlement (DS) would be: Size Angular θ L
(in) Displacement Tan θ (in)
(
SL =
DS
TAN θ ) -L
11/2
2
30°
30°
0.58
0.58
7
7
Example: 21/2 30° 0.58 7
3 30° 0.58 7
For a required DS of 12" on a 10" pipe line: DS = 12", L = 8", TAN θ = .23
4 29° 0.55 7
(
SL =
12"
.23 ) - 8" = 52.2" - 8" = 44.2" 5
6
24°
20°
0.45
0.36
7
7
8 15° 0.27 8
10 13° 0.23 8
The allowable differential settlement based on a given 12 11° 0.19 8
spool length would be:
14 10° 0.18 10
( )
DS = SL + L TAN θ The hinged configuration may be used with Mercer Series 450
and 500 expansion joints as well. Contact Mercer for more information.
Example:
SPECIFICATION
For a spool length of 24" on a 4" pipe line: SL = 24", L = 7", TAN θ = .55
Offset shall be accomplished by the angular motion of a double sphere
(
DS = 24" + 7" ) .55 = ( )
31" .55 = 17.1"
expansion joint bolted to each end of an intermediate steel pipe.
Bracket each expansion joint with hinged steel connections. Hinges
shall have a pin in a slot on both sides.
Check with factory to verify calculations, generally maximum The piping on each end of the assembly must be securely anchored to
differential settlement not to exceed 12". accept a thrust of 1.5 times the operating pressure multiplied by the
projected area of the pipe.
Specifications for the expansion joints shall be as Mason Industries
Safeflex SFDEJ. The complete hinged assembly shall be Safeflex SFDEJ-HE
as manufactured by Mason Industries Inc.

MERCER
RUBBER EXPANSION JOINTS,
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS &
INDUSTRIAL HOSE
9•34
BUL L E T I N P B -MR- 10
MERCER RUBBER COMPANY

A Reputation for Quality that Stretches Around the World.
THE DESIGNERS - Smart, Creative Problem Solvers Take the Initiative.
Mercer has been manufacturing rubber expansion joints for Butyl, Nitrile, Hypalon® or Viton®? Traditional designs had always
over 60 years. The process has always started with the engineer. been built on cotton duck reinforcement with natural rubber as
Effective construction relies on the designer’s ability to create a the only elastomer. Mercer is proud to say that we are one of
plan geared to accept pipe motion in three planes while adapting the few companies featuring an engineering team extensively
to the thermal expansion and contraction of the system. trained in the computer technologies that can sort out the right
Geographic and climatic conditions play a vital role in the materials to create the right products for the right application.
preliminary design decisions. Intelligent use of raw materials Mercer has a broad range of standard designs, but 70% of our
is also a key consideration. Expansion joints must also withstand work is customized to specific design requirements. If it can be
pipeline shift variations caused by physical displacement during made with rubber, we can do it.
the manufacturing process, or
through natural phenomenon
such as earthquakes or severe
weather. Construction must also
resist pressure, vacuum, thermal
and chemical reaction to internal
fluids or gas, as well as external
corrosive influences. Before our
engineers touch pencil to paper,
these factors are meticulously
reviewed and evaluated.
As in all professions, there’s
no substitute for experience.
Today’s technology can only
be addressed by professionals
with full comprehension of steel
Our talented, in-house engineering team keeps a close eye on product
reinforcement techniques and specs through every phase of production.
fabric selection. Do we employ
Polyester, Nylon or Kevlar ®?
If rubber can’t be utilized, is Mason Industries founder Norm Mason drew
on over 50 years of engineering experience to
Neoprene the answer, or EPDM, establish the high standard of design and
production that we carry on today.

THE CRAFTSMEN - Talented Hands and Sophisticated Tools Streamline the Process.
Steel fabrication is an integral part of production.
In today ’s economic As you pass our assembly lines, you can see the focus and
climate, a specialized OEM dedication of each technician as the elastomer is mixed,
must have three things calendered and cut. We carefully friction our own fabrics as
going for them to compete well. There’s a special pride as each joint is wrapped and finished
successfully. First and before it is meticulously cured and eventually outfitted for final
foremost, a product that’s product testing.
in demand by a market Every piece of equipment, from production line machinery to
that continues to grow the boilers, is maintained daily to keep the operation running as
and continually feeds smoothly and efficiently as possible.
that demand. Secondly,
the facility and equipment From our President
to manufacture that on down, Mercer’s
product properly, efficiently and at a competitive price. And workforce really cares
finally, and perhaps most importantly, a trained workforce that about the products we
can handle the day-to-day requirements necessary to compete make. And it shows.
in an industry that demands quick response while maintaining
strict guidelines for product safety and durability.
Our market is strong.
Much of our equipment
is customized and built
to spec by our own
engineers and tooling
specialists. Our work-
force is handpicked and Experienced, caring
meticulously trained technicians take pride in
their efforts and the
in every detail of the products they produce.
manufacturing process.
Custom built autoclaves make steam curing

oversize expansion joints commonplace.

BU L L E T I N P B - M R - 1 0
THE GUARDIANS - Watchful Eyes Follow Strict Regimens for Product Integrity.
Testing horizontal stiffness.
At Mercer, we don’t treat quality control as merely a final inspec- A good product always starts with good raw material, and we
tion before a product lands on the shipping platform. Our buy from the best. Dupont™, Firestone®, and Goodyear™ are just
quality standards are exceedingly high. What’s more, we build some of our suppliers. We even maintain a facility in Thailand
those standards into every product during each phase of the where master batches of natural rubber are processed and
manufacturing process. It may be the exceptional raw materials tested for quality and consistency. In our manufacturing facility
we use or the demanding battery of product inspections at here, mixing is closely supervised in our batcher. The curing
every stage that makes the difference. We’ll do whatever it takes chemicals are added on our 60" mill, the fabric frictioned
to make sure each expansion joint is consistently durable and through our 66" calender for maximum fabric strength, flexibility
ready to perform in the field... or it never reaches our shipping and uniformity. All of our large arch forms are molded in
department. Mercer’s in-plant hydraulic presses.
During the assembly process we assign one supervisor
for every six builders in an effort to keep close watch
on each critical phase. Our engineers also keep tabs on
the construction process, and actually visit the assembly
line regularly.
Once assembled, the expansion joints are ready for
curing in our large, totally automated autoclaves. We
steam cure expansion joints of up to 16" in diameter.
After curing, each piece is ready for testing. Mercer can
run pressure and vacuum tests on joints of any diameter
from 1" to 160". If necessary, we construct special jigs
to determine stiffnesses in all directions. See Bulletin
PB-MR11 for more detail of the expansion joint
production process.
The end result? A hand built Mercer product is a more
A quality control expert supervises stress and pressure testing on site. dependable product. We guarantee it!

A HISTORY OF PRODUCT SUCCESS
There have been a lot of changes in 130 years. And Mercer has One thing that hasn’t changed is our product line. We still
come a long way since we started manufacturing mason jar produce expansion joints, duct connectors, and flanged or
gaskets and other small molded products in 1866. After the turn built-in nippled hose. It’s how we manufacture that’s made
of the century we moved on to conveyor belting, customized the difference. We often customize, design and build our own
industrial hose, and ultimately, expansion joints. manufacturing equipment. We do most of our own tooling in-plant.
And, our quality control testing capability is second to none.
Eventually, our association with our sister company, Mason
Industries, showed us the advantages of working with an High-pressure expansion joints are still Mercer’s specialty. We
in-house engineering department, and a complete machine design units for marine use; chemical and fertilizer plants;
shop and steel fabricating facility. Through this partnership water and sewage treatment facilities; and fossil and nuclear
we saw the opportunities in customizing product design and power plants to name but a few applications. Those who know
upgrading equipment on a regular basis. Ultimately, this us understand that we have the capability to achieve any design
paved the way for Mercer’s move to our present, ultra-modern requirement. That’s why our reputation for product innovation
manufacturing facility in Hauppauge, New York. and integrity has spread worldwide. As our exports have grown
dramatically, so have our overall sales. Our outlook for the
future is brighter than ever.

EXPANSION JOINT PRODUCTION

A STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE
Preparation Completion
Construction
Hand built products take over where stock production stops. reducers; 30°, 45° and 90° elbows; offset connectors and even
These designs are engineered specifically to the application, so tees. Flanges can be created to match any design configuration,
each is more dependable and long lasting. and ends may also be slip-on and built-in threaded or welded
Molded expansion joints are limited in size, shape, materials and nipples. At Mercer, size is not an obstacle. We can build pieces
function to repeat applications where demand justifies the cost from 3/4" to 17" in diameter, and we can build then in
virtually every type of reinforcement fabric and steam cured
of molds. Industrial needs are seldom so cut and dried as the
polymer or over Teflon™ liners.
parameters of the application usually determines size, shape,
and material preference. More often than not, the engineer’s only Mercer’s engineering team is always on-site to lend their expertise
option is to customize. And that’s where Mercer Rubber excels. at the design stage, and their guidance during production.
We build expansion joints, duct connectors, and hoses in a This brochure will demonstrate the dedication and the effort we
broad range of shapes, sizes and configurations. Custom units put forth to create a single, customized product. Our customers
include rounds; squares; rectangles; concentric and eccentric appreciate that. We know you will too.
Our new facility was put on line in 1992. As you will see, considerable can be created without incurring excessive startup or retraining
time and effort are built into every custom piece. Mercer products costs. It takes experience, and a willingness to venture into
take shape one step, and one station at a time. During each unchartered waters. Mercer is one of the few manufacturers that
phase of production, there’s a highly trained technician geared welcomes the challenge. We’ve built our reputation on solving
to a specific task, and dedicated to his or her job specialty. problems that others thought unsolvable or unprofitable.
At Mercer, we’ve always known that a hand built product is a We put ourselves to the test every day. That’s why we continue
better product. With the right equipment, the right engineering to grow. And that’s why our future looks brighter than ever.
guidance and the right personnel, a one-of-a-kind custom piece

PREPARATION
Raw material is carefully mixed, processed and cut into reinforced fabrics and sheets.
2. Each rubber batch is carefully

mixed for a specific time at controlled
1. Rubber compounds are temperatures in our automatic mixer.
comprised of polymers,
reinforcing fillers,
antioxidants, antiozonants,
etc. Each ingredient is
meticulously weighed to
assure uniformity.
3. The mixed composite is

discharged in clumps, which
are then transferred to a mill
to create a more workable
material.
4. The cure is
added to the 5. The calender process is the most critical
rubber on a phase of fabric preparation.
powerful 60" mill,
which completes
the mixing
before the 6. Large steel rollers
material is cut force rubber into the
into rough sheets nylon, polyester or
and prepared Kevlar® tire cord
for the calender. reinforcement or into
smooth rubber sheets.
Thickness tolerances
are maintained to
thousandths of an inch.
8. The bias cutter allows the technician to cut fabrics at precise

angles specified by engineering to control swell, elongation and
burst in designated products.
9. Every product design

specifies materials to be
7. Milled rubber may also pass through an used in each layer. Here,
extruder that discharges uncured rubber flange reinforcement
strips in geometric shapes. These strips are is stamped to size on a
used to smooth transition contours in “clicker” press.
arches and flanges and as fillers.
10. A production foreman

cross-checks spec lists and
supervises material cutting
before kits are assembled and
moved to the production floor.

BU L L E T I N P B - M R - 1 1
CONSTRUCTION
Step by step, and layer after layer, the basic form begins to take shape.
2. When the expansion joint nears completion,

1. Expansion joint the exterior sheath is pulled up to form the
arches are formed cover on the back of the flange.
over removable
rubber inserts. If
arches are very
small or oversized,
we use plaster arch 3. Before the steel
forms that can flange forms can be
be broken out after bolted or clamped in
the expansion joint position, the perimeter
is cured. is carefully trimmed.
4. Products are formed

on a mandrel. Its shape
fits the inside contour of
the product. Concentric
reducers are built with
the small and large
diameters on opposite
ends, joined by a cone-
shaped transition section.
5. Steel hoops are locked into the

base of the arch by back wrapping
the reinforcing fabric.
6. To prevent swelling, large diameter
expansion joints are generally reinforced
with high-tensile wire or steel hoops. This
process requires precise application of
both wire and uncured rubber fillers.
7. Cover
application is
the final stage
of reducer
body building. 9. Once assembled,
products are cured
in large pressurized
steam chambers
called autoclaves.
To prevent rubber
from expanding
and changing shape,
the entire carcass is
8. Building eccentric reducers becomes more wrapped with layers
difficult because the mandrel rotates off center. of strong nylon tape.
This varies the working distance between the
product and the assembler, and requires
exceptional coordination. 11. Hose construction is simpler when there’s
no arch to build over. Generally, sections are
longer and require more layers of longitudinal
reinforcement to minimize elongation.
10. When the nylon

body wrap is
finished, the steel
mold plates that
12. Virtually
form the rubber
every pressure
flanges are bolted
and suction
in place to retain
hose is wire
the flanges during
reinforced
the curing process.
to prevent
swelling or
collapse.

COMPLETION
The material is cured, the steel is drilled and finished, and a new expansion joint is readied for delivery.
1. Although every assembly

follows similar procedures,
the complexity of each job
varies with its shape, size
2. Like other manufacturers,
and pressure requirements.
we build each product with
Shown here are 96" diameter
uncured rubber. Unlike other
joints under construction.
manufacturers, we vulcanize
every finished piece in our
customized autoclaves.
Pressurized steam curing is
far superior to baking, and
we can accommodate pieces
up to 18 ft in diameter.
3. Our manufacturing facility

is self-sufficient. This enables 4. Our radial drill presses
us to turn orders around can drill holes as large as
quickly and economically. 3" in diameter. Here, backup
Our heavy equipment rings are tacked together in
includes oxyacetylene and stacks to assure that drilling
plasma burning tables; iron is uniform.
workers punch and drill
presses; automatic band
saws and welding equipment.
We manufacture our own
tooling, steel backup rings,
reinforcing hoops and
control rod assemblies.
5. Every flange hole is located

and marked with steel
templates, and then drilled
straight and clean with
hollow drill cutters.
6. During final inspection, all rubber parts are trimmed,

cleaned and painted. Finally, ductile iron or steel backup rings
are attached to the flanges and checked for hole alignment.
7. Hydro testing is another phase and all products undergo one

final quality control evaluation before shipment. Once approved,
large expansion joints are packed securely in wood spool crates
for added protection on their journey.
Our workforce creates quality on the line everyday.

We care about the products we make and it shows.

BUL L E T I N P B -MR- 12- 4
MERCER RUBBER COMPANY

PRODUCT OVERVIEW
The Mercer Rubber Company was started in 1865 as a small factory on Mercer Street in Hamilton
Square, New Jersey. The company specialized in molded rubber mechanical products, rubber sheeting
and conveyor belting, and began building rubber expansion joints in the early 1930s. Mercer was
completely owned by one family from its inception through 1982, when it became a sister to
Mason Industries, one of the world’s largest producers of molded rubber expansion joints. Since
that time, it has been managed by professional engineers, and we believe our engineering
staff is proportionately larger than any other similar company in the United States.
Hand-built flexible connectors for piping and duct work solve problems that cannot be handled
by other materials. Rubber is more compliant and resilient than metal, fiberglass or plastic. The
technology behind building shapes for industrial applications has grown as well. The United
States chemical and industrial complex is in the forefront of synthetic rubber for chemical
resistance and temperature extremes. Modern reinforcement fabrics and tire cord have completely
replaced early designs using cotton and rayon. The end result has been a lighter, more flexible,
higher pressure and temperature resistant product.
In this brief presentation we can only tell you where the products are used and some of the things
we do. Later in this section, we provide the details and data in separate bulletins for each of
the products mentioned here. However, even then, you would have to let us know about your
application, so if need be, we could design and build to your exact requirements.
I am sure that if you need a rubber expansion joint, duct connector or industrial hose, we
can help. Please let us hear from you.
THE MERCER RUBBER COMPANY
Norm Mason

WHAT IS A HAND-BUILT 10.
Place the wrapped product in a steam pressure vessel
RUBBER EXPANSION JOINT? (autoclave) and cure it for about 3 hours until completely
Our preceding bulletin “Expansion Joint Production. A Step-by- vulcanized.
Step Guide” breaks down the process in great detail. Should you 11. Remove the steel flange rings, nylon tape, etc. Drill the
never need an expansion joint, you might want to take a look any- holes precisely, in the rubber flanges. Add the steel or
way because the process is so interesting, but here is the overview
ductile iron split backup rings. Pack properly and ship to
version.
the job site.
The illustration below is a typical cross section. The ends are Hand-built expansion joints are also referred to as hand wrapped,
normally rubber flanges that will mate with the piping system. The because Nylon wrapping rather than a steel mold maintains the
arch is the flexible element that allows for expansion, contraction outer shape during the curing process.
transverse motion and misalignment. The sealing element is the
rubber tube on the inside, and this is backed by multiple layers of
fabric reinforcement. The straight portion is reinforced with steel
wire and then fabric placed over that under the cover. While it is
not absolutely mandatory, we find that the expansion joint holds
up better if there are steel rings at the base of the arch to hold
the arch shape. Since flange bolts would pull through the rubber
flanges, we furnish steel backup rings. Ends can be built-in weld
nipples, slip-on or any other mating arrangement.
TYPICAL EXPANSION JOINT CROSS SECTION

Reinforcement Layers
Wrap Around Steel Arch
Steel or Multiple 1/8"
Rings Providing Minimum
Ductile Split Layered (3mm) of 3 Additional Layers
Backup Ring Reinforcement Cover Over Arch An intermediate stage of building Pulling back cover, tire cord
a 1 arch concentric reducer, reinforcement and tube prior
36" (914mm) and 24" (610mm) to building the flanges on an
flanges and 48" (1220mm) face to eccentric reducer.
face. A large difficult size.
Rubber Filler 1/4" (6mm) Steel Arch Helical Wire

Between Wire Tube Reinforcing Ring Reinforcement
Regardless of whether the final shape is going to be round with

a 1 arch, a rectangular ducting transition piece, elbow (tee or
cross), eccentric or concentric reducer, or any other strange
shape, we start with a steel form that matches the inside steel
contours of the finished product. This form or mandrel is mounted
in a slow turning foot controlled lathe, and the builder proceeds
Pulling the tire cord reinforcement Checking steel wire
as follows:
from one steel arch reinforcing reinforcement spacing. This
1. Place a solid rubber arch form in the correct position on ring, across the arch to the other guarantees consistently high
ring adds to arch strength and safety factors.
the mandrel. (After the joint is finished and cured, this shape stability.
rubber piece is pulled out to leave the arch opening.)
2. Cover the mandrel and the arch form with the rubber tube.
3. Add multiple plies of rubber impregnated tire cord, which
forms the backing behind the tube.
4.
Slide the arch reinforcing rings on from the ends and
complete the wrapping of the reinforcement materials
around these steel rings and up over the arch.
5. Add the helical wire reinforcement.
6. Add the rubber filler between the wire rings.
7. Add the fabric reinforcement over the wire.
8. Bring the end fabric and rubber construction up vertically
at the ends, and clamp these flanges between steel mold Forming the rubber flanges with A range of products in the
steel flange rings after the Nylon open autoclave before closing
plates.
tape has been wrapped over the the door and steam curing for
9. Wrap the entirety securely with Nylon tape to force the expansion joint body to hold the approximately 3 hours at
many layers together and maintain the shape during the shape during the curing process. 305° F (151°C).
Flanges must be built correctly to
curing process. maintain seals and avoid pullout.

BU LLE T I N P B - M R - 1 2 - 4
VARIATIONS IN CONFIGURATIONS
MISMATCHED & OFFSET JOINTS & LONGER &
OVERSEAS FLANGES UNPARALLEL FACES SHORTER JOINTS
DIN
ASA ASA PN
300 150 JIS
British
Expansion joints can be used as flange transition pieces. When retrofit work is in progress, we are While we have a whole series of
For example, a pump may have an ASA 300 flange, but often called on to provide expansion joints standard face to face dimensions,
the system continues with ASA 150 piping. The expansion that match the piping system after years of the rubber expansion joint industry
joint is built with an ASA 300 one end, ASA 150 the other, settlement and shifting. When the expansion is so old that we often replace joints
so there is no need for another transition fitting. joints are built to fit conditions rather than that were never built to any standard.
forced into position, all normal movement Thus we build joints that are longer
Sometimes it is a European to an American standard
capabilities are retained. The illustrations or shorter to avoid repiping.
where there might be a DIN 10 on one end and ASA
show offset expansion joints and joints with
150 the other. We build expansion joints to match any
unparallel faces as manufactured to meet
Overseas flange system such as the Japanese JIS, the
these conditions.
British PIN, the European DN, etc.
MOVEMENTS TYPICAL POWER PLANT

Rubber expansion joints are capable of axial compression, axial This small diagram is typical of a power plant. The steam lines going to the
expansion, transverse and angular movements. In many cases, three turbine are normally too hot for rubber joints and stainless steel or offsets
movements are all taking place at one time. Standard expansion joints handle the problem. By the time the steam has gone through the turbine
have movement limits, but they can be increased by changing to it has cooled down before entering the condenser, and a U type internally
multiple arches or single piece construction with an arch at each end flanged rubber expansion joint is commonly used underneath the turbine
and a long intermediate hose body. and before the condenser. If there is an atmospheric relief connection, it
may also have a rubber expansion joint. The condensate coming out of
the condenser is quite cool and rubber expansion joints should be used as
needed leading to the condensate pump and in various parts of the circuit
back to the boiler, whether through the boiler feed pump or directly
from the condensate pump, but before the boiler preheater.
Axial Axial Transverse Angular Shifting over to the cooling water supply, there are huge connections to
Compression Elongation river water or sea water, all of which are commonly fitted with rubber
connections as are the cooling water outlets.
TYPICAL PIPING LAYOUTS Induced Internal Flange

Draft Fan Rectangular
TYPICAL PIPE LINE Spool-Type Expansion Joints Expansion Joint
This simple illustration shows typical applications. While most pump
Generator
inlets are under pressure, a pump used in lifting service must have High Pressure
a vacuum joint (1) on the pump suction. Once past the pump to the Boiler Heater Turbine
discharge, joints (2) are selected for pressure. Atmospheric Relief Connection
De-aerator
It is always best to install the expansion joint (2) on the equipment side Heater
Condenser
of the valve, as it simplifies inspection or replacement. If the piping is
anchored near the pump and by an anchor before the next expansion Forced Evaporator
joint, there is no need for control rods. Draft
Fan
Expansion joints (3) and (4) are designed to take the expansion or
Boiler Feed Condensate Circulating
contraction between two anchors. Since all the thrust force will be Pump Water Pump Pump Cooling
taken by the anchors, no control rods are needed. If there is a long run Water
Supply Cooling Water Outlet Supply
between anchors, there will be movement at the intermediate points
and the pipe should be supported by sliding guides. (5)
TYPICAL SHIP'S ENGINE ROOM
At location 6, the piping is not anchored on either side of the expansion
joint. Control rods must be used to take the pressure thrust or the A ship’s engine room is a miniature power plant. Rubber expansion
expansion joint will drive the piping and probably fail. When control rods joints to a sea chest are in the same locations as the condenser cooling
are added, the expansion joint will always be in the full open position water suction and discharge in a shore based plant. We also supply
and will not accept axial motion. Expansion joints using control rods can connections like bilge pump suction, etc., that may not have their land
still handle transverse and angular movement. counterparts.
Unfortunately, this bulletin does not contain illustrations of a waste
Anchor Anchor water sewage treatment plant. Mercer heavy-duty duct connectors (See
(3) page 9•51) are located in the ducts from the forced draft fans leading
(4) to the boilers and particularly in the high pressure, high temperature
(5) Guide Support pressurized air ducts from the positive blowers that provide aeration to
Pressure-Type the sewage tanks. The hot air leads to unusually large duct expansion.
Expansion
Joints Overboard
Pipe Supports Discharges
(2) Anchor Condenser
(1) Lub Oil

Vacuum-Type (6) Coolers
Joint on Pump No Anchor Used
Section Here (Control High-Suction
Units Required on Sea Chest
Pressure-Type Tank Top
Expansion Joint) Pipe Support
Expansion Joint
with Control Units Hull
Low-Suction
Sea Chest

SERIES 450 EXPANSION JOINTS
Mercer Flexmore Series 450 is the most economical, full-pressure
elastomeric expansion joint available. Tough fabric and tire cord
plies are bonded between the tube and cover in a steel mold
and then cured in a thermostatically controlled steam chamber.
The product is uniform in both appearance and performance.
A wide, low profile arch provides exceptional flexibility and
virtually eliminates the need for filled arches in all but the most
severe sludge and slurry applications. External integral flange
reinforcing rings control both radial and arch swell. A variety
of cover and tube elastomers are available, offering superior
chemical, aging and temperature resistance from -30° to +250°F
operating temperatures.
See Bulletin 450-MR2,

pages 9•84 - 9•89
Optional Filled
Arch Construction 1 ARCH 2 ARCH 3 ARCH
Style 451 Style 452 Style 453
Cross Section
of 451
4 ARCH 5 ARCH 6 ARCH

8" (200mm) diameter Circulating water application

1 arch 451 at a water ambient temperature 50 psi for
treatment facility in 3" (80mm) diameter 1 arch 451
Iowa. expansion joints.
12" (300mm) diameter Various size 1 arch 451

3 arch 453 expansion expansion joints at a
joints in cooling tower, maintenance room
high movement seismic in Colorado.
application in California.

BU LLE T I N P B - M R - 1 2 - 4
SERIES 500 AND
900 EXPANSION JOINTS
The cross section on page 9•44 is typical of Series 500 construction.
The vast majority of expansion joints have 1 arch, but if
the movements cannot be accommodated, we build them
with 2, 3 or 4 arches, so the sum of the movements of each
individual arch add up to the specifications. Multiple arches are
a great help in misalignment and unparallel face situations as well.
MATERIALS
A high grade of Natural Rubber is still an excellent choice for
most water applications below 180°F (82°C). DuPont™ Neoprene
has the broadest range of chemical resistant capabilities and pages 9•90 - 9•97
higher temperature resistance than Natural Rubber. Butyl and
Sulfur cured EPDM are generally used for temperatures up to
250°F (121°C). Peroxide cured EPDM will handle 350°F (176°C) This bulletin is not meant to be specific. We have provided this
and has outstanding aging characteristics. Nitrile is superior outline just to give you a rough idea of the range of materials we
for general oil resistance. Both Natural Rubber and Hypalon® use and the choices available to our engineers.
are excellent for abrasion resistance, and DuPont™ Viton® has
501 expansion joints are manufactured in sizes ranging from
outstanding chemical properties as well as temperature
11/2" to 12" (40 to 300mm) in diameter. For sizes 14" to 144"
tolerance to 400°F (204°C).
(350 to 3600mm) in diameter, we have the extra-wide arch
Reinforcement fabrics may be Nylon, Polyester or DuPont™ 901. While rated at lower pressures, it has higher movement
Kevlar® for much greater strength and stability, particularly at capabilities, a full vacuum rating and lower spring rates. Both
the higher temperatures. are recommended for expansion and contraction in long
Since we cut all of our own tire cord, the ply angle can be pipe lines or in misalignment and displacement situations at
changed to provide either larger movements, greater pressure equipment connections. These functions are in addition to high
resistance or shape stability. frequency vibration isolation.
A very unusual
application showing a
3 arch expansion joint
used to maximize
transverse movement.
Rather than the
conventional control
rods, chains connect
1 ARCH 3 ARCH flange to flange to allow
Style 501 Style 503
for very much improved
2 ARCH 4 ARCH transverse flexibility and
Style 502 Style 504 movement.
Typical 36" 1 arch

expansion joint
with ASA 150
flanges. Operating
temperature
about 180°F (82°C)
at a pressure of
165 psi (11.6 Kg/
cm2).
Typical 2 arch Series 502 expansion

joint in a hot water line. In this application
2 arches are used to meet the specified
movements.
1 arch molded expansion joint in a hot water line.

Temperature 215° F (101°C), pressure 165 psi (11.6kg/cm2).
This is an unanchored application requiring the use of
A huge 132" (3300mm) diameter 1 arch 501 control rods. In this application nuts were used inside of the
under construction. Very few manufacturers control rod plates as well to prevent inward movement. The
have the equipment or the engineering staff primary function would be transverse motion and in many
to work to these diameters. applications spherical washers are used under the nuts.

SERIES 700
TEFLON® LINED EXPANSION JOINTS
Series 700 Teflon® lined expansion joints are the Series 500 built over a preformed Teflon®
tube. Since the Series 500 body provides the backing, we can withstand very high pressures
and high temperatures. Teflon® lined expansion joints are used wherever the chemical
content of the fluid is so corrosive as to be beyond the physical tolerance of a rubber
material. They are also used in systems where conventional rubber might stand up quite
well, but contamination must be avoided. We have built Series 700 joints as large as 60"
(1500mm) in diameter.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont™.

pages 9•102 - 9•105
Built-In Preformed Teflon® Liner
SERIES FCR500 AND FER500

CONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC REDUCERS
Virtually all piping systems go through changes in diameter either in the run or at the
equipment connections. Since an expansion joint or flexible connector is needed anyway,
it makes good sense to have the expansion joint serve the dual purpose of changing the
piping diameter and handling the expansion, misalignment or vibration problem all at one
time. Should you work with a straight connector, it means that in addition to the expansion
joint, an expensive cast iron or steel reducer must be used for the piping transition. This
would result in a need for additional space and add to the cost as well.
While we have published transition sizes, and face to face dimensions, it is seldom that the See Bulletin FR500-MR8,
pages 9•98 - 9•101
cataloged sizes are what is needed on the job site. We vary the face to face dimensions as
well as the two flange sizes to fit the application.
Concentric reducers are more common. The eccentric design is used primarily at pump
inlets and outlets to provide smoother flow both in and out of the pump.
Since most of our competitors do not want to be involved with these difficult products,
Mercer is very active in this market.
Typical installation of a
24" x 18" (600 x 450mm) concentric
reducer built with a continuous
rather than a shaped arch. Location
is unanchored and there was the
need for control rods. Continuous
spherical arches eliminate the need
for filled arches in slurry applications
and encourage smoother flow.
Another type of concentric reducer

using a spool type 1 arch at the
small diameter.
Measurements being The eccentric reducer

taken for a retrofit. was manufactured to
the exact length with
non-parallel flanges.
Reducer after
installation.

BU LLE T I N P B - M R - 1 2 - 4
Industrial Hose
SERIES 150
VIBRAFLEX REINFORCED RUBBER PIPES
Vibraflex reinforced rubber pipe is often described as rubber
flanged hose. The cross section is very similar to that of the
straight portion of an expansion joint starting with the tube
multi-layers of tire cord, spiral wire reinforcement or individual
steel rings for very high pressures and greater flexibility. Cover
plies protect the construction and the outside surface is a tough
resilient cover.
pages 9•79 - 9•80
While hoses are not specifically designed for expansion and
compression, in effect the rubber carcass can stand some
expansion and compression since none of the steel
reinforcement runs parallel to the axis. Transverse movements
are dependent on the length and rubber pipe is commonly used Series 150 flexible
for misalignment problems or continuous transverse motion. hose installed in a
cooling tower return
They can be built with major offsets as well.
line. Notice the major
Our Vibraflex pipe utilizes all of the materials mentioned earlier, vertical displacement
to compensate for the
and we specialize in hoses for abrasive service. They may have
misaligned piping.
Hypalon® liners, but more commonly pure gum rubber stock
made to thicknesses of as much as 3/4" (19mm), particularly
for the mining industry. We can match any flange or the hoses
can be built with oversized cuff like slip-on ends for clamping or
banding in place. Another common variation is built-in nipples
for screw or welded connections. Some hoses are just simple A 40" (1000mm)
diameter Series 150
slip-ons. hose installed in the
We are very proud to have manufactured hoses with arches suction line, drawing
river water into
at each end and built-in nipples as large as 72" (1800mm) in condenser cooling
diameter and 8 ft (2.44m) long for transverse motion of plus or service.
minus 8" (203mm). These hoses were buried deep under ground
to supply water systems in cities as far removed as Bangkok.
SERIES 300
SLEEVE TYPE EXPANSION JOINTS
Series 300 is a sleeve type rubber expansion joints. This slip-on
and lightweight construction represents the most cost-effective pages 9•81 - 9•83
arrangement for low pressure applications. Mating flanges and
hardware are not required, adding to the cost-effectiveness
of this arrangement. The construction includes a high-grade
tube, a seamless cover, multiple layers of high-strength tire
cord and stainless steel worm gear clamps. Additionally, they
are designed to absorb large all-directional movements, reduce
noise and vibration and misalignments.
These joints are available in 1 arch, 2 arch, 3 arch, 4 arch, 5 arch
and even 6 arches. Mercer specially designs these joints for
seismic control by adding anti-squirm guides as shown in the
photo below.
FEATURES
• Versatile hand-built construction
Available in
• Available in custom elastomers and Multiple Arches
offset arrangements
• Economical slip-on design eliminates
4 arch 304 sleeve type expansion joints
the need for mating flanges and with anti-squirm guides for seismic
hardware application used for drainage
in a California hospital.
• Extremely lightweight and flexible

Molded Expansion Joints
MOLDED RUBBER EXPANSION JOINTS Since these connectors are molded, there is a limitation on size,
Spherical molded rubber expansion joints are entirely different. and face to face dimensions are fixed. The sealing principle is so
There is no wire reinforcement in the body, and the pressure is effective, however, that we have hand-built this construction to
retained by the tire cord spanning across the body from anchors very large diameters, as shown in the photograph below.
in each flange. They are very similar to truck tires without the tread. Molded expansion joints are kept in stock in Neoprene and EPDM.
Spherical expansion joints are built straight. The curing process They can be furnished in Nitrile, Hypalon® or other materials
takes place in a steel mold clamped shut in a hydraulic press. as well.
Heat is introduced from plates on either side of the mold rather
than by steam. An air bag is introduced in the center and Flange
pressurized to expand the body against the contours of the steel Detail
mold where it is vulcanized.
We manufacture these expansion joints using Nylon, Polyester
or DuPont™ Kevlar® tire core. Our exclusive solid flange ring is
clamped in place by the steel backup flanges. The built-in ring
prevents the rubber end pulling out of the retention flange.
We manufacture this series in single and double spheres, as well
as concentric reducers. In the sizes through 2" (50mm) they are
built with screw on flanges.
See Bulletin NC-930,
1 ARCH
pages 9•15 - 9•20
Threaded Ends 1 ARCH
Safeflex SFU Masonflex MFEJ
60" (1500mm) diameter hand-built SFEJ high pressure

expansion joint.
CONCENTRIC
REDUCER 2 ARCH
Safeflex SFDCR Masonflex MFDEJ
SERIES 800
TEFLON® EXPANSION JOINTS
Teflon® expansion joints are always fixed dimension. They are excellent service in relatively low temperature, low pressure
molded in 2, 3 and 5 arch configurations. Series 800 is par- systems. Standard construction includes control rods as illustrated,
ticularly popular in the chemical industry where they provide and all sizes through 12" (300mm) diameter are kept in stock.
See Bulletin TFE-20,

pages 9•106 - 9•107
2 ARCH 3 ARCH 5 ARCH


BU LLE T I N P B - M R - 1 2 - 4
Duct Connectors
Mercer duct connectors are not to be confused with wrap Rather than flanged ends, we often supply slip-on designs that
around Fiberglass or other light-weight materials used in are clamped or banded. Depending on the specified movements,
heating and ventilating systems. Our hand-built duct connectors the body of the expansion joint may have an arch or arches
are another heavy duty industrial product. They are only used in similar to piping expansion joints or they may be straight or
high pressure, high temperature air applications or where the ballooned.
gas is some industrial by-product that is highly corrosive and the
Mercer Rubber joints do not get up to high enough temperatures
duct connector must be leak proof.
for applications in boiler breaching, but they are used in a
Duct connectors can be round or conical rectangular or square, temperature range as high as 400°F (204°C) and commonly
fabricated as reducers or in some cases the transition piece located in the hot high pressure duct work in waste water
from rectangular or square to round ducts. Flanged connectors and sewage treatment plants. They are used throughout the
are furnished with steel backup rings or plates, and where the chemical industry, and we have supplied diameters as large as
outside exposure demands it, steel may be hot dipped 132" (3300mm) for wind tunnels at both military and civilian
galvanized or fabricated from stainless steel. Since there are research centers.
no standard duct flanges, they are usually drilled to specific
If you need an unusual duct connector, send the inquiry on to
drawings. In some cases because the mating flanges cannot
us. It is most likely we can build to your exact specifications and
be properly measured or the existing holes follow no particular
provide just what is needed.
pattern, we furnish the assemblies with both the rubber and
steel flanges undrilled for drilling in the field.
See Bulletin DJ-87,

pages 9•115 - 9•118
ROUND DUCT
CONNECTORS
RECTANGULAR
DUCT CONNECTORS
MD-4 MN-4
ME-2
Round duct connectors

installed in the duct work of a
sewage treatment plant allow
for major hot duct expansion.
A rectangular heavy duty flexible

duct connector installed in the top
horizontal discharge of a boiler
Concentric reducers installed in the suction
forced draft blower. Pressure
and discharge air connections of a positive
12 psi (0.84kg/cm2).
displacement high pressure blower, reduce
stress to the flanges and facilitate hook-ups.

Stainless Steel Braided
Annular Flexible Hoses
Stainless Steel Flexible Connectors contribute to the solution
of vibration, noise, expansion and offset motion problems in
piping systems. Assemblies are designed for both high and low
temperatures, as well as high pressure and full vacuum.
Stock sizes include 1/2" (15mm) through 16" (400mm) pipe
diameter. Temperature ranges are from below 0°F (-18°C) to
850°F (454°C) when using our standard 304 stainless steel. On
rare occasions, when temperatures as high as 1500°F (816°C)
are needed, Type 316 or 321 are available too. Most standard
construction is single braided, but we can provide double braid
for higher pressures or omit the braid for low pressure venting
or exhaust applications.
Standard end fittings include a fixed ASA 150, carbon steel
raised face plate flange on one end and a floating flange on the
other. A floating flange is very important as twisting full strength
pipe to line up bolt holes is not an issue, but torquing a stainless
hose to make up for poor alignment can cause immediate or
early failure. Other fittings include NPT Carbon Steel Nipples or
Grooved Ends, as well as any combination. Metric threads and
drillings are available for export applications.
Stock lengths vary from the minimum “Pump Connectors” to as
many as three additional stock lengths for greater movements.
See Bulletin BH-29,
Special lengths take a little longer. pages 10•7 - 10•24
Commercial pricing pressure forces us to include the very short

Nippled or Flanged Pump Connectors that range from 1/2" x
61/2" (15 x 165mm) thru 16" x 16" (400 x 400mm). These very
short lengths are a travesty with a barely functional length
of flexible hose connecting 2 long nipples. They have been piece between different sizes of piping, particularly at pump
shortened year after year from the old standards until no one suction and discharge. They are usually used with an ASA 150
dares make them shorter. We sell them when specified but Carbon Raised Face Steel Plate Flange on one end and a Floating
recommend our longer lengths at a minor addition in cost, but Flange on the other. Other configurations are available as well.
a tremendous improvement in performance. To complete this flexible connector offering, we stock bronze
In addition to the equal ended flexible connectors, we also braided hoses with copper female ends for sweating into copper
manufacture concentric reducers that act as a flexible transition piping systems and the usual copper ended Freon connectors.
FITTING OPTIONS
Raised Face Floating

Flanges Flanges
Grooved Weld Threaded Female Copper
Nipples Nipples Sweat Ends

BU LLE T I N P B - M R - 1 2 - 4
Seismic “Vee” Assemblies
Many buildings are separated by expansion joints through
the walls and floors. During an earthquake, the two adjacent
parts resonate with relative motion of as much as ± 4" (102mm) 60° 90° 90° 60°
in shear as well as toward and away from one another.
Vertical motion is minimal. We have developed a unique
product to handle this seismic motion. Our Vee construction
is based on two 30°, 60°, 90° triangles complimenting
one another to form a 60° “Vee” at the bottom. We thought
60°
the concept so interesting that we tooled up for these
fittings rather than use the common 45°, 90° and 180°
configurations. Since it may be necessary to fit these Vee’s at
odd angles, depending on space conditions, we have floating
ASA 150 carbon steel flanges on both ends. No competitive 30° 30°
product can be rotated this way.
Vees are often used in simple expansion applications as well.
Other fittings include Carbon Steel NPT Nipples, Weld Ends,
Copper Female Sweat Couplings or Grooved Ends, as required.
All of our Vee assemblies are designed for ± 4" (102mm) See Bulletin VH-30,
pages 10•27 - 10•36
movement in all directions. Other manufacturers offer ± 2"
(51mm) designs as well to reduce cost, but it is not worth the
risk of misapplication.
See Bulletin EJ-34,

pages 10•49 - 10•54
See Bulletin ASG-33,

pages 10•55 - 10•58
Large Special Order Pipe Alignment Guides

& Stock Expansion Joints Our newly developed Adjustable Sliding Guides offer many
Many expansion joints are custom manufactured to diameters improvements over other guides: one size guide for all
as large as 96" (2438mm). The construction varies, depending thicknesses of insulation; less friction with our Stainless Steel
on the operating pressure and the required movements. We Slides; sturdier construction; and they can be used as load
can provide these unusual constructions in virtually every supports.
configuration. We can build to your specific product description We still carry spider guides, but the
or complete our own recommendations based on your ASG design is far more versatile.
movement and pressure requirements.
Anchors are designed and
Please let us have your inquiries. manufactured as needed.
We also stock expansion joints in 2" to 16" (50 to 400mm)
See Bulletin SPG-37,
diameters with 2" (51mm) axial and 1/4" (6mm) transverse
pages 10•62
capability.

Expansion Compensators
& Housed Expansion Joints
Expansion Compensators and Housed Expansion Joints are
basically a bellows that is protected by and guided within a pipe
housing. While the industry offers two styles, one of which is
referred to as “internally” and the other “externally pressurized”, See Bulletin HEJ-31,
pages 10•73 - 10•84
they both serve the same function and we prefer the “externally
pressurized” for improved bellows stability. They are furnished
with a Fixed ASA150 Drilling Raised Face Carbon Steel Flange on
the one end and a Floating Flange on the other. The alternates
are Carbon Steel Threaded Nipples, Weld or Grooved Ends or
Copper Female Sweat Ends as needed.
There are three movement choices: 2" (51mm) compression
and 1/2" (13mm) extension; 4" (102mm) compression and
3/4" (19mm) extension; or 8" (203mm) compression and 11/2"
(38mm) extension. They are all designed for systems that will
run hot and the slight extension is only there for those occasions
when ambient temperatures are fairly high during installation,
and the installation drops to some very low temperatures before
they are put into hot water or steam service.
See Bulletin SJ-36,

pages 10•67 - 10•70
See Bulletin BJ-35,

pages 10•63 - 10•66
Ball Joints Slip Joints

When ball joints are installed at each end of a pipe offset, the Our latest design rounds out our group of “no major failure”
system can accommodate much larger movements with much products. Slip joints incorporate many of the design features of
lower anchorage requirements than solid pipe in the same ball joints.
configuration. Seals are made using high pressure, graphite enriched packing
We not only sell our flanged and weld end ball joints, but we that is easily pressurized or replaced. Rather than 4" (102mm)
engineer the systems should there be no specifications or if and 8" (203mm) movement, we stock 6" (152mm) exclusively.
specifications call for design by vendor. This meets the frequent demands for movements up to 2"
(51mm) more than 4" (102mm). Movements larger than 6"
(152mm) are rarely required.
We hope in this overview we have given you some idea of the broad range of products that Mercer manufactures
and how we can help you. We look forward to receiving any inquiries you may have. For more information on
any of the products mentioned here, take a look at the individual product bulletins as referenced.
Once we have started to do business together, it will be the beginning of a long and productive partnership.

BUL L E T I N MD S- 20
WORLD STANDARD US ANSI: B.16 CLASS 150 AND 300

BRITISH: TABLES D, E & F
FLANGE DIMENSIONS
METRIC: DIN & PN
JAPANESE: JIS
KOREAN: KS
These tables have been prepared in an effort to familiarize engineers CLASS 125 OR 150 (continued) (AMERICAN)
with some of the world standards and American equivalents. In a few
Flange Bolt Bolt
cases, dimensions will differ from these tables, particularly in sizes over Nominal Outside Circle Hole Bolt
48". it is safest to work from certified prints before fabricating mating Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size
rubber or metal flanges. Thicknesses are omitted because of conflicting (in) (in) (in) Holes (in) (in)
information in published tables. 62 751/4 713/4 52 2 17/8
64 78 74 52 2 17/8
NOMINAL EQUIVALENT PIPE DIAMETERS
66 80 76 52 2 17/8
Nominal Pipe Nominal Pipe Nominal Pipe Nominal Pipe 68 821/4 781/4 56 2 17/8
Size Size Size Size 70 841/2 801/2 56 2 17/8
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 72 861/2 821/2 60 2 17/8
1/8 6 4 100 22 550 72 1800 74 881/2 841/2 60 2 17/8
1/4 8 5 125 24 600 80 2000 76 903/4 861/2 60 2 17/8
3/8 10 6 150 26 650 88 2200 78 93 883/4 60 21/8 2
1/2 15 7 175 28 700 96 2400 80 951/4 91 60 21/8 2
3/4 20 8 200 30 750 104 2600 82 971/2 931/4 60 21/8 2
1 25 9 225 32 800 112 2800 84 993/4 951/2 64 21/8 2
11/4 32 10 250 34 850 120 3000 86 102 973/4 64 21/8 2
11/2 40 12 300 36 900 128 3200 88 1041/4 100 68 21/8 2
2 50 14 350 40 1000 136 3400 90 1061/2 1021/4 68 21/4 21/8
21/2 65 16 400 48 1200 144 3600 92 1083/4 1041/2 68 21/4 21/8
3 80 18 450 56 1400 94 111 1061/4 68 21/4 21/8
31/2 90 20 500 64 1600 96 1131/4 1081/2 68 21/2 21/4
98 1151/2 1103/4 68 21/2 21/4
100 1173/4 113 68 21/2 21/4
American ANSI B.16 102 120 1141/2 72 21/2 21/4
108 1263/4 1203/4 72 21/2 21/4
CLASS 125 OR 150 (AMERICAN)
120 1401/4 1323/4 76 21/2 21/4
Flange Bolt Bolt 132 1533/4 1453/4 80 21/2 21/4
Nominal Outside Circle Hole Bolt
Pipe Size Diameter Diameter Diameter Size 144 1671/4 1581/4 84 21/2 21/4
No. of
(in) (in) (in) Holes (in) (in)
CLASS 250 OR 300 (AMERICAN)
11/4 45/8 31/2 4 5/8 1/2
Flange Bolt Bolt
11/2 5 37/8 4 5/8 1/2
2 6 43/4 4 3/4 5/8 Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size
21/2 7 51/2 4 3/4 5/8 (in) (in) (in) Holes (in) (in)
3 71/2 6 4 3/4 5/8 11/4 51/4 37/8 4 3/4 5/8
31/2 81/2 7 8 3/4 5/8 11/2 61/8 41/2 4 7/8 3/4
4 9 71/2 8 3/4 5/8 2 61/2 5 8 3/4 5/8
5 10 81/2 8 7/8 3/4 21/2 71/2 57/8 8 7/8 3/4
6 11 91/2 8 7/8 3/4 3 81/4 65/8 8 7/8 3/4
8 131/2 113/4 8 7/8 3/4 31/2 9 71/4 8 7/8 3/4
10 16 141/4 12 1 7/8 4 10 77/8 8 7/8 3/4
12 19 17 12 1 7/8 5 11 91/4 8 7/8 3/4
14 21 183/4 12 11/8 1 6 121/2 105/8 12 7/8 3/4
16 231/2 211/4 16 11/8 1 8 15 13 12 1 7/8
18 25 223/4 16 11/4 11/8 10 171/2 151/4 16 11/8 1
20 271/2 25 20 11/4 11/8 12 201/2 173/4 16 11/4 11/8
22 291/2 271/4 20 13/8 11/4 14 23 201/4 20 11/4 11/8
24 32 291/2 20 13/8 11/4 16 251/2 221/2 20 13/8 11/4
26 341/4 313/4 24 13/8 11/4 18 28 243/4 24 13/8 11/4
28 361/2 34 28 13/8 11/4 20 301/2 27 24 13/8 11/4
30 383/4 36 28 13/8 11/2 22 33 291/4 24 15/8 11/2
32 413/4 381/2 28 15/8 11/2 24 36 32 24 15/8 11/2
34 433/4 401/2 32 15/8 11/2 26 381/4 341/2 28 13/4 15/8
36 46 423/4 32 15/8 11/2 28 403/4 37 28 13/4 15/8
38 483/4 451/4 32 15/8 11/2 30 43 391/4 28 17/8 13/4
40 503/4 471/4 36 15/8 11/2 32 451/4 411/2 28 2 17/8
42 53 491/2 36 15/8 11/2 34 471/2 431/2 28 2 17/8
44 551/4 513/4 40 15/8 11/2 36 50 46 32 21/8 2
46 571/4 533/4 40 15/8 11/2 38 521/4 48 32 21/8 2
48 591/2 56 44 15/8 11/2 40 541/2 501/4 36 21/8 2
50 613/4 581/4 44 17/8 13/4 42 57 523/4 36 21/8 2
52 64 601/2 44 17/8 13/4 44 591/4 55 36 21/8 2
54 661/4 623/4 44 17/8 13/4 46 611/2 571/4 40 21/8 2
56 683/4 65 48 17/8 13/4 48 65 603/4 40 21/8 2
58 71 671/4 48 17/8 13/4
Dimension tables for sizes above 24" are in wide disagreement.
60 73 691/4 52 2 17/8 Refer to certified prints applicable to each job.

BUL L E T I N MD S -2 0
British Imperial Flanges BS 10
TABLE D (BRITISH) TABLE F (BRITISH)
Flange Bolt Bolt Flange Bolt Bolt
Nominal Outside Circle Hole Bolt Nominal Outside Circle Hole Bolt
Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size
(in) (in) (in) Holes (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) Holes (in) (in)
11/4 43/4 37/16 4 5/8 1/2 11/4 51/4 37/8 4 3/4 5/8
11/2 51/4 37/8 4 5/8 1/2 11/2 51/2 41/8 4 3/4 5/8
2 6 41/2 4 3/4 5/8 2 61/2 5 4 3/4 5/8
21/2 61/2 5 4 3/4 5/8 21/2 71/4 53/4 8 3/4 5/8
3 71/4 53/4 4 3/4 5/8 3 8 61/2 8 3/4 5/8
31/2 8 61/2 4 3/4 5/8 31/2 81/2 7 8 3/4 5/8
4 81/2 7 4 3/4 5/8 4 9 71/2 8 3/4 5/8
5 10 81/4 8 3/4 5/8 5 11 91/4 8 7/8 3/4
6 11 91/4 8 3/4 5/8 6 12 101/4 12 7/8 3/4
7 12 101/4 8 3/4 5/8 7 131/4 111/2 12 7/8 3/4
8 131/4 111/2 8 3/4 5/8 8 141/2 123/4 12 7/8 3/4
9 141/2 123/4 8 3/4 5/8 9 16 14 12 1 7/8
10 16 14 8 7/8 3/4 10 17 15 12 1 7/8
12 18 16 12 7/8 3/4 12 191/4 171/4 16 1 7/8
14 203/4 181/2 12 1 7/8 13 203/4 181/2 16 11/8 1
15 213/4 191/2 12 1 7/8 14 213/4 191/2 16 11/8 1
16 223/4 201/2 12 1 7/8 15 223/4 201/2 16 11/8 1
18 251/4 23 12 1 7/8 16 24 213/4 20 11/8 1
20 273/4 251/4 16 1 7/8 17 251/4 23 20 11/8 1
21 29 261/2 16 1 7/8 18 261/2 24 20 11/4 11/8
24 321/2 293/4 16 11/8 1 19 273/4 251/4 20 11/4 11/8
20 29 261/2 24 11/4 11/8
21 30 271/2 24 11/4 11/8
22 31 281/2 24 13/8 11/4
TABLE E (BRITISH)
23 321/2 293/4 24 13/8 11/4
Flange Bolt Bolt 24 331/2 303/4 24 13/8 11/4
Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size 27 363/4 333/4 24 13/8 11/4
(in) (in) (in) Holes (in) (in) 29 39 36 24 13/8 11/4
11/4 43/4 37/16 4 5/8 1/2 30 40 37 28 13/8 11/4
11/2 51/4 37/8 4 5/8 1/2 33 43 40 32 13/8 11/4
2 6 41/2 4 3/4 5/8 35 453/4 421/2 32 11/2 13/8
21/2 61/2 5 4 3/4 5/8 36 463/4 431/2 32 11/2 13/8
3 71/4 53/4 4 3/4 5/8 39 501/4 47 36 11/2 13/8
31/2 8 61/2 8 3/4 5/8 42 531/4 50 36 11/2 13/8
4 81/2 7 8 3/4 5/8 45 57 531/2 36 15/8 11/2
5 10 81/4 8 3/4 5/8 48 601/4 563/4 40 15/8 11/2
6 11 91/4 8 7/8 3/4
7 12 101/4 8 7/8 3/4
8 131/4 111/2 8 7/8 3/4
9 141/2 123/4 12 7/8 3/4
10 16 14 12 7/8 3/4 Metric Flanges SABS 1123,
12 18 16 12 1 7/8 BS 4504, DIN 2501
13 191/4 171/4 12 1 7/8
DIN or PN 6 (6 BAR) (METRIC)
14 203/4 181/2 12 1 7/8
Flange Bolt Bolt
15 213/4 191/2 12 1 7/8
16 223/4 201/2 12 1 7/8 Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size
17 24 213/4 12 1 7/8 (mm) (mm) (mm) Holes (mm) (mm)
18 251/4 23 16 1 7/8 32 120 90 4 14 M12
19 261/2 24 16 1 7/8 40 130 100 4 14 M12
20 273/4 251/4 16 1 7/8 50 140 110 4 14 M12
21 29 261/2 16 11/8 1 65 160 130 4 14 M12
22 30 271/2 16 11/8 1 80 190 150 4 18 M16
23 31 281/2 16 11/8 1 100 210 170 4 18 M16
24 321/2 293/4 16 11/4 11/8 125 240 200 8 18 M16
27 353/4 331/4 20 11/4 11/8 150 265 225 8 18 M16
29 381/4 351/2 20 13/8 11/4 200 320 280 8 18 M16
30 391/4 361/2 20 13/8 11/4 250 375 335 12 18 M16
33 43 40 20 13/8 11/4 300 440 395 12 22 M20
35 45 42 24 13/8 11/4 350 490 445 12 22 M20
36 461/4 43 24 13/8 11/4 400 540 495 16 22 M20
39 491/2 461/4 24 11/2 13/8 450 595 550 16 22 M20
42 521/2 491/4 28 11/2 13/8 500 645 600 20 22 M20
45 553/4 521/2 28 11/2 13/8 600 755 705 20 26 M24
48 583/4 551/2 32 11/2 13/8 No data available on SABS sizes above 600mm

B U L L E T I N M DS- 2 0
DIN or PN 6 (6 BAR) (continued) (METRIC) DIN or PN 16 (16 BAR) (METRIC)
Flange Bolt Bolt Flange Bolt Bolt
Nominal Outside Circle Hole Bolt Nominal Outside Circle Hole Bolt
Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size
(mm) (mm) (mm) Holes (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Holes (mm) (mm)
700 860 810 24 26 M24 32 140 100 4 18 M16
800 975 920 24 30 M27 40 150 110 4 18 M16
900 1075 1020 24 30 M27 50 165 125 4 18 M16
1000 1175 1120 28 30 M27 65 185 145 4 18 M16
1200 1405 1340 32 33 M30 80 200 160 8 18 M16
1400 1630 1560 36 36 M33 100 220 180 8 18 M16
1600 1830 1760 40 36 M33 125 250 210 8 18 M16
1800 2045 1970 44 39 M36 150 285 240 8 22 M20
2000 2265 2180 48 42 M39 175 315 270 8 22 M20
2200 2475 2390 52 42 M39 200 340 295 12 22 M20
2400 2685 2600 56 42 M39 250 405 355 12 26 M24
2600 2905 2810 60 48 M45 300 460 410 12 26 M24
2800 3115 3020 64 48 M45 350 520 470 16 26 M24
3000 3315 3220 68 48 M45 400 580 525 16 30* M27*
3200 3525 3430 72 48 M45 450 640 585 20 30* M27*
3400 3735 3640 76 48 M45 500 715 650 20 33 M30
3600 3970 3860 80 56 M52 600 840 770 20 36* M33*
700 910 840 24 36 M33
800 1025 950 24 39 M36
900 1125 1050 28 39 M36
DIN or PN 10 (10 BAR) (METRIC)
1000 1255 1170 28 42 M39
Flange Bolt Bolt 1200 1485 1390 32 48 M45
Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size 1400 1685 1590 36 48 M45
(mm) (mm) (mm) Holes (mm) (mm) 1600 1930 1820 40 56 M52
32 140 100 4 18 M16 1800 2130 2020 44 56 M52
40 150 110 4 18 M16 2000 2345 2230 48 62 M56
50 165 125 4 18 M16 2200 2555 2440 52 62 M56
65 185 145 4 18 M16 *
Note SABS 1123 deviations:
80 200 160 8 18 M16 400 and 450 size 16 bar hole diameter is 26 mm for M24 bolt.
100 220 180 8 18 M16 600 size 16 bar hole diameter is 33 mm for M30 bolt.
125 250 210 8 18 M16
150 285 240 8 22 M20 DIN or PN 25 (25 BAR) (METRIC)
175 315 270 8 22 M20 Flange Bolt Bolt
200 340 295 8 22 M20 Nominal Outside Circle Hole Bolt
Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size
250 395 350 12 22 M20
(mm) (mm) (mm) Holes (mm) (mm)
300 445 400 12 22 M20
32 140 100 4 18 M16
350 505 460 16 22 M20
40 150 110 4 18 M16
400 565 515 16 26 M24
50 165 125 4 18 M16
450 615 565 20 26 M24
65 185 145 8 18 M16
500 670 620 20 26 M24
80 200 160 8 18 M16
600 780 725 20 30* M27*
100 235 190 8 22 M20
700 895 840 24 30 M27
125 270 220 8 26 M24
800 1015 950 24 33 M30
150 300 250 8 26 M24
900 1115 1050 28 33 M30
175 330 280 12 26 M24
1000 1230 1160 28 36 M33
200 360 310 12 26 M24
1200 1455 1380 32 39 M36
250 425 370 12 30* M27*
1400 1675 1590 36 42 M39
300 485 430 16 30* M27*
1600 1915 1820 40 48 M45
350 555 490 16 33 M30
1800 2115 2020 44 48 M45
400 620 550 16 36* M33*
2000 2325 2230 48 48 M45
450 670 600 20 36 M33
2200 2550 2440 52 56 M52
500 730 660 20 36* M33*
2400 2760 2650 56 56 M52
600 845 770 20 39 M36
2600 2960 2850 60 56 M52
700 960 875 24 42 M39
2800 3180 3070 64 56 M52
3000 3405 3290 68 62 M56 800 1085 990 24 48 M45
*
900 1185 1090 28 48 M45
ote SABS 1123 deviations:
N
600 size 10 bar hole diameter is 26 mm for M24 bolt. 1000 1320 1210 28 56 M52
1200 1530 1420 32 56 M52
1400 1755 1640 36 62 M56
1600 1975 1860 40 62 M56
1800 2195 2070 44 70 M64
2000 2425 2300 48 70 M64
*
Note SABS 1123 deviations:
250 and 300 size 25 bar hole diameter is 26 mm for M24 bolt.
400 and 500 size 25 bar hole diameter is 33 mm for M30 bolt.

BUL L E T I N MD S -2 0
DIN or PN 40 (40 BAR) (METRIC) Japanese and Korean Flanges
Nominal
Flange
Outside
Bolt
Circle
Bolt
Hole Bolt
JIS-B-2212, JIS-B-2214 & KS-B-1503
Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size JIS 10 & KOREAN 10 Kgf/cm2
Flange Bolt Bolt
32 140 100 4 18 M16 Nominal Outside Circle Hole Bolt
40 150 110 4 18 M16 Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size
50 165 125 4 18 M16 (mm) (mm) (mm) Holes (mm) (mm)
65 185 145 8 18 M16 10 90 65 4 15 M12
80 200 160 8 18 M16 15 95 70 4 15 M12
100 235 190 8 22 M20 20 100 75 4 15 M12
125 270 220 8 26 M24 25 125 90 4 19 M16
150 300 250 8 26 M24 32 135 100 4 19 M16
175 350 295 12 30 M27 40 140 105 4 19 M16
200 375 320 12 30 M27 50 155 120 4 19 M16
250 450 385 12 33 M30 65 175 140 4 19 M16
300 515 450 16 33 M30 80 185 150 8 19 M16
350 580 510 16 36 M33 90 195 160 8 19 M16
400 660 585 16 39 M36 100 210 175 8 19 M16
450 685 610 20 39 M36 125 250 210 8 23 M20
500 755 670 20 42 M39 150 280 240 8 23 M20
600 890 795 20 48 M45 175 305 265 12 23 M20
700 995 900 24 48 M45 200 330 290 12 23 M20
800 1140 1030 24 56 M52 225 350 310 12 23 M20
900 1250 1140 28 56 M52 250 400 355 12 25 M22
1000 1360 1250 28 56 M52 300 445 400 16 25 M22
1200 1575 1460 32 62 M56 350 490 445 16 25 M22
1400 1795 1680 36 62 M56 400 560 510 16 27 M24
1600 2025 1900 40 70 M64 450 620 565 20 27 M24
500 675 620 20 27 M24
550 745 680 20 33 M30
600 795 730 24 33 M30
650 845 780 24 33 M30
700 905 840 24 33 M30
750 970 900 24 33 M30
800 1020 950 28 33 M30
850 1070 1000 28 33 M30
900 1120 1050 28 33 M30
1000 1235 1180 28 39 M36
JIS 20 & KOREAN 20 Kgf/cm2

Flange Bolt Bolt
Pipe Size Diameter Diameter No. of Diameter Size
10 90 65 4 15 M12
15 95 70 4 15 M12
20 100 75 4 15 M12
25 125 90 4 19 M16
32 135 100 4 19 M16
40 140 105 4 19 M16
50 155 120 8 19 M16
65 175 140 8 19 M16
80 200 160 8 23 M20
90 210 170 8 23 M20
100 225 185 8 23 M20
125 270 225 8 25 M22
150 305 260 12 25 M22
200 350 305 12 25 M22
250 430 380 12 27 M24
300 480 430 16 27 M24
350 540 480 16 33 M30
400 605 540 16 33 M30
450 675 605 20 33 M30
500 730 660 20 33 M30
550 795 720 20 39 M36
600 845 770 24 39 M36

BUL L E T I N C R G-M R1- 2
MERCER ELASTOMER
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE
This guide is designed as an aid in selecting common elastomers
used to conduct some of the many types of materials found in
industry.
Improper selection of tube and/or cover materials can result
in decreased service life, or complete failure of the expansion
joint. For example, Natural Rubber is an excellent tube material
for water lines. If however, the water contains concentrations of
non-degradable oil, the rubber will swell and deteriorate. In this
instance a Nitrile tube should be used. If this expansion joint
were installed outdoors, the cover elastomer would be subject
to ozone and weathering which would rapidly age harden both
Natural Rubber and Nitrile. These cover materials could become
brittle, crack and crumble. EPDM would be the proper choice
for an outdoor cover. While Freon is chemically compatible with
some elastomers, we never build Freon connectors because of
mechanical problems.
In selecting a proper elastomer, total system environment
must be considered. While theoretically safe, some applications
may be inadvisable because of worker safety or extensive
property damage.
The information in this selection guide was derived from published
literature of Polymer suppliers. We always recommend using
the “Chemical Resistance Guide for Elastomers IV” by Compass
Publications as the most reliable reference in our industry.
Therefore, this guide is intended only as an aid in selecting
the proper elastomers. We encourage our customers to test
samples of a selected elastomer for compatibility with the actual
service, and we would be pleased to provide small test samples
on request.
We feel this guide is an excellent source of general information,
but Mercer Rubber Company cannot be held responsible should
your specific experience disagree with these generalizations.

Ac - Am Am - Be
ACETAL - AMMONIUM SULFITE AMMONIUM THIOCYANATE - BENZOYL CHLORIDE
Chemical NR BS BU NP NI EP HY VT TF Chemical NR BS BU NP NI EP HY VT TF
Acetal C C G C D G C D E Ammonium Thiocyanate E E E E E E E E E
Acetaldehyde C D E C D E C D E Ammonium Thiosulfate E E E E E E E E E
Acetamide C C E G G E G G E Amyl Acetate C D G D D G D D E
Acetate Solvents C D C D D C D D E Amyl Acetone D D G D D G D D E
Acetic Acid, 10% G G G C G G C C E Amyl Alcohol E E E E E E E E E
Acetic Acid, 30% D D G C D E G C E Amylamine G G G G G G C D E
Acetic Acid, 50% D D G C C E D D E Amyl Borate D D D E E D C E E
Acetic Acid, Glacial D D G C D G D D E Amyl Chloride D D D D D D D E E
Acetic Anhydride D D G D D G D D E Amyl Chloronapthalene D D D D D D D E E
Acetic Ester (Ethyl Acetate) D D G D D G D D E Amyl Napthalene D D D D D D D E E
Acetic Ether (Ethyl Acetate) D D G D D G C D E Amyl Oleate D D G D D G D C E
Acetic Oxide Amyl Phenol D D D D D D D E E
D D G D D G D D E
(Acetic Anhydride) Anethole D D D D D D D G G
Acetone G C E C D E C D E Aniline D D G C D D C G E
Acetophenone C D E D D E D D E Aniline Dyes G G G G C G G G E
Acetyl Acetone G D G D D G D D E Aniline Hydrochloride G C G D G G D G E
Acetyl Chloride D D C D D C D G G Animal Fats D D G G E G G E E
Acetylene D D E G E G G E E Animal Grease D D D G G C D E E
Acrylonitrile C D D C D D C D E Animal Oils D D G D E C D E E
Air E E E E E E E E E Ansul Ether D D C D C C D D E
Alcohols, Aliphatic E G E E E E E C E Antifreeze (Ethylene Glycol) D D D D D D D D D
Alcohols, Aromatic C D D C C D D E E Antimony Chloride – – E – G – – – E
Alk Tri (Trichloroethylene) D D D D D D D E E Antimony Trichloride D D E G G G G E E
Allyl Alcohol E G E E E E E G E Antimony Pentachloride D D C D D C D E G
Allyl Bromide D D D D D D D G G Aqua Regia D D D D D C C G –
Allyl Chloride D D D D D D D G G Aromatic Hydrocarbons D D D D C D D E E
Alum (Aluminum Arquad E E E E E E E E E
E E E E E E E E E
Potassium Sulfate) Arsenic Acid E E E E E E E E E
Aluminum Acetate C C E C C E G E E Arsenic Chloride D D G G D G D D –
Aluminum Chloride E E E E E E E E E Arsenic Trichloride D D G G D G D D –
Aluminum Fluoride E E E E E E E E E Asphalt D D D G E D D E G
Aluminum Hydroxide E E E E E E E E E ASTM #1 Oil D D D E E D G E E
Aluminum Nitrate E E E E E E E E E ASTM #2 Oil D D D G E D C E E
Aluminum Phosphate E E E E E E E E E ASTM #3 Oil D D D G E D C E E
Aluminum Sulfate E E E E E E E E E Aviation Gasoline D D D C E D D E E
Ammonia, Anhydrous E C E E E E G D E B
Ammonia, Liquid G G E E E E E E E Bardol B D – D D D – – – C
Ammonia, in Water G G G G G E G G E Barium Carbonate E E E E E E E E E
Ammonia Gas (Cold) E – E E E – E – D Barium Chloride E E E E E E E E E
Ammonia Gas (150°F) C – C G C – – – D Barium Hydroxide E E E E E E E E E
Ammonium Carbonate E E E E C E E E E Barium Sulfate E E E E E E E E E
Ammonium Chloride E E E E E E E E E Barium Sulfide E E E E E E E E E
Ammonium Hydroxide G G E G G G E G E Beet Sugar Liquors E E E E E E E E E
Ammonium Metaphosphate E E E E E E E E E Benzaldehyde D D G D D G D D E
Ammonium Nitrate G E E E E E E E E Benzene (Benzol) D D D C C D D E E
Ammonium Nitrite E E E E E E E E E Benzene Sulfonic Acid D D D E G C E E E
Ammonium Persulfate E D E E D E E E E Benzine Solvent (Ligroin) D D D E E D C E E
Ammonium Phosphate E E E E E E E E E Benzoic Acid D D G G D G G E E
Ammonium Sulfate E E E E E E E E E Benzoic Aldehyde D D D D D D D D E
Ammonium Sulfide E E E E E E E E E Benzotrichloride D D D D D D D G G
Ammonium Sulfite E E E E E E E E E Benzoyl Chloride D D D D D D D G G
LEGEND THE COMPARATIVE COST INDEX

E Excellent. Suitable for continuous service. Approximate cost comparisons between natural rubber and other
materials for expansion joints of average diameter between 11/2" and
G Good. Generally suitable for continuous or intermittent service.
96" when the tube and cover are of the same elastomer.
C Conditional. Not recommended for continuous service,
but generally suited for intermittent service. 1.0 NR Natural Rubber 1.15 NI Nitrile 1.2 HY Hypalon®
D DO NOT USE. 1.0 BS Buna-S (SBR) (Buna-N) 3.8 VT Viton®
— No experience. 1.1 BU Butyl 1.15 EP EPDM TF Teflon® -
1.1 NP Neoprene See Price List

BU LL E T I N C R G- M R 1 - 2
Be - Ca Ca - Co
BENZYL ACETATE - CALCIUM SULFIDE CALCIUM SULFITE - CORN OIL
Benzyl Acetate D D G D D G G D E Calcium Sulfite E E E E E E E E E
Benzyl Alcohol G G G G D G G E E Caliche Liquor
E E E E E E E E E
Benzyl Benzoate C – E D D – – – E (Crude Sodium Nitrate)
Benzyl Chloride D D C D D D D E E Cane Sugar Liquors
E E E E E E E E E
Bichromate of Soda (Non F.D.A.)
D D E G D C G E E
(Sodium Dichromate) Carbitol D D E E D G G G E
Bismuth Carbonate E – E E E – E – E Carbitol Acetate D D G D D G D D E
Black Sulfate Liquor G G E E G E G E E Carbolic Acid (Phenol) D D G C C G C E E
Blast Furnace Gas D D C G C C G E E Carbon Bisulfide (See Carbon Disulfide)
Bleach Solutions D D G D D G C G G Carbon Dioxide E E E E E E E E E
Borax G G E E G E E E E Carbon Disulfide D D D D D D D E E
Bordeaux Mixture G G E E E E E E E Carbonic Acid E E E E E E E E E
Boric Acid E E E E E E E E E Carbon Monoxide E E E E E E E E E
Brandy E – E E E – E – – Carbon Tetrachloride D D D D C D D E –
Brine E E E E E E E E E Carbon Tetrafluoride D D D D C D D E –
Bromine D D D D D D C C E Castor Oil C D G G E G C E E
Bromine Water D D G G C G E E E Caustic Potash
E G E G E E E C E
Bromobenzene D D D D D D D G – (Potassium Hydroxide)
Bunker Oil D D D G E D D E E Caustic Soda
E G E E E E E C E
Butane Refer to Supplier (Sodium Hydroxide)
Butanol (Butyl Alcohol) E E E E E E E E E Cellosolve D D G E G G G C E
Butadiene D D D C D D G E E Cellulose Acetate C D G C D G C D –
I–Butene Cellulube C D G D D E D C E
D – D E – – – – E
(Aliphatic Hydrocarbon 95°F) China Wood Oil (Tung Oil) D D G G E G G E E
I–Butene, 2–Ethyl (95°F) D – D G – – – – E Chlorine Dioxide D D D D D D C E –
Butter (Non F.D.A.) C C G E E G E E E Chlorine Gas (Dry) C C C D C C G G –
Butyl Acetate D D G D D C D D E Chlorine, Water Solutions C D C D D C G E E
n–Butyl Acetate C – – D D – D – D Chloroacetic Acid G D C D D C D C E
Butyl Acetate Recinoleate C – – D E – – – C Chloroacetone D D G D D C D D E
Butyl Acrylate D D D D D D D D E Chlorobenzene D D D D D D D E –
Butylamine G C C D C C C D E Chlorobromomethane D – D D D – D – E
Butyl Benzene D D D D D D D E E Chlorobutane D D D D D D D E –
Butyl Bromide D D D D D D D G – Chlorobutadiene D D D D D D D E –
Butyl Butyrate D D C D D G D C – Chloroform D D D D D D D E –
Butyl Carbitol D D E G G E G E E o–Chloronapthalene D – D D D – – – E
Butyl Cellosolve D D E G G E G D E Chlorinated Hydrocarbons D D D D D D D E –
Butyl Chloride D D C D D D D E G Chloropentane D D D C D D D E E
Butyl Ether D D C G G C G D E Chlorophenol D D D D D D D G G
Butyl Ethyl Acetaldehyde D D C D D D D D E Chloropropanone D D C D D C D D E
Butyl Ethyl Ether D D C D D C G C E Chlorosulfonic Acid D D D D D D C D G
Butyl Oleate D D G D D G D E E Chlorothene
D D D D D D D E G
Butyl Phthalate D D C D D C D C E (Trichloroethane)
Butyl Stearate D D C D G C D E E Chlorotoluene D D D D D D D E G
Butyraldehyde C D D D D D D D E Chromic Acid D D D D D C E C E
Butyric Acid C D C C C C G C E Citric Acid E E E G G E E E E
Butyric Anhydride C D C D C C G C E Coal Oil D D D G E D D E E
C Coal Tar D D D G E G G E E
Cadmium Cyanide – – E E – – – – E Coal Tar Naptha D D D C C D D E E
Calcium Acetate C D E D D E D D E Cobalt Chloride E E E E E E E E E
Calcium Bisulfate E E E E E E E E E Coconut Oil D D G G E E G E E
Calcium Bisulfite E E E E E E E E E Cod Liver Oil D D E G E E G E E
Calcium Carbonate E E E E E E E E E Coke Oven Gas D D C D D D G E E
Calcium Chlorate E – E E E – E – E Copper Arsenate E E E E E E E E E
Calcium Chloride E E E E E E E E E Copper Chloride E E E E E E E E E
Calcium Fluorophosphate – – E E – – – – E Copper Cyanide E E E E E E E E E
Calcium Hydroxide E G E E G E G C E Copper Nitrate E E E E E E E E E
Calcium Hypochlorite D D G D D G C E – Copper Nitrite E E E E E E E E E
Calcium Nitrate E E E E E E E E E Copper Sulfate C E E E E E E E E
Calcium Sulfate E E E E E E E E E Copper Sulfide C E E E E E E E E
Calcium Sulfide E E E E E E E E E Corn Oil D D G G E G G E E

Co - Di Di - Di
COTTONSEED OIL - DICHLOROPENTANE DIELDRIN IN XYLENE - DIPROPYLAMINE
Cottonseed Oil D D E G E E E E E Dieldrin In Xylene D D D D D D D E E
Creosote (Wood) D D D C G D C E E Dieldrin In Xylene
D D D G G D D E E
Creosote (Coal Tar) D D D C G D C E E and Water Spray
Cresols D D D C C D C E E Diesel Oil D D D G E D C E E
Cresylic Acid D D D C C D C E E Diethanolamine G C G G G C C G E
Crotonaldehyde D D E D D C D D E Diethylamine G C G G G C C D E
Crude Oil D D D G E D D E E Diethyl Benzene D D D D D D D E E
Cryolite 10% Diethyl Ether D D D C G C C D E
– – E E G – – – E
(Alum./Sodium Flouride) Diethylene Dioxide D D G D D G D D E
Cumene D D D C C D D E E Diethylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D
Cupric Carbonate C C E G G E G E E Diethylenetriamine G G E G G E C C E
Cupric Chloride C C E G E E E E E Diethyl Oxalate E E E D D E D C E
Cupric Nitrate C C E G E E E E E Diethyl Phthalate D D E D D G D C E
Cupric Nitrite C C E G E E E E E Diethyl Sebacate D D E D D G D C E
Cupric Sulfate C G E G E E G E E Diethyl Sulfate D D G D D G D D E
Cyclohexane D D D D G D D E E Diethyl Triamine G C E G G G C C E
Cyclohexanone D D D D D D D C E Dihydroxyethyl Amine G C E G G G C C E
Cyclohexanol D D D G G D D G E Dihydroxyethyl Ether E E E G E G E E E
Cyclopentane D D D D C D D E E Diisobutylene D D D G E D D E E
p–Cymene D D D D C D D E E Diisobutyl Ketone D D G D D G D D E
D Diisodecyl Adipate D D E D D E C C E
DDT in Kerosene D D D G E D C E E Diisodecyl Phthalate D D E D D E C C E
Decaline D D D D D D D E E Diisooctyl Adipate D D E D D E C C E
Deionized Water* E E E E E E E E E Diisooctyl Phthalate D D E D D E C C E
Decane D D D D G D D E E Diisopropanol Amine G C E G G E C C E
Detergent Solutions G G E E E E E E E Diisopropyl Benzene D D D D C D D E E
Diacetone Alcohol D D E D D G G D E Diisopropyl Ether D D D C G D D G E
Diamylamine G C E E G C C G E Diisopropyl Ketone D D E D D E D D E
Dibenzyl Ether D D D D D D D C E Dilauryl Ether D D D D D D D C E
Dibenzyl Sebacate C D G D D G C G E Dimethylamine G C E G G E C C E
Dibromobenzene D D D D D D D E G Dimethyl Benzene D D D D D D D E E
Dibutylamine G C C E G G C D E Dimethylaniline D D D D D C D D G
Dibutylether D D D D D G D C E Dimethylformamide (DMF) C C C C D C C D E
Dibutyl Phthalate D D G D D E D D E Dimethyl Ketone (Acetone) G C E C D E C D E
Dibutyl Sebacate D D G D D G D D G Dimethyl Phthalate D D E D D G D C E
Dicalcium Phosphate E E E E E E E E E Dimethyl Sulfate D D D D D D D D E
Dichloroacetic Acid D D C D D C D C E Dimethyl Sulfide D D D D D D D C G
P–Dichlorobenzene D D D D D D D E E Dinitrobenzene D D C C D C D E E
Dichlorobutane D D D D D D D E E Dinitrotoluene D D D D D D D C E
Dichloroisopropyl Ether D D C D D C D C E Dioctyl Adipate (DOA) D D G D D G D C E
Dicyclohexylamine D D D D C C D C G Dioctylamine G G E G G G C C E
Dichlorodifluoromethane Dioctyl Phthalate (DOP) D D G D D G D E E
D D D D G D D G E
(Freon 12) Dioctyl Sebacate (DOS) D D G D D G D G E
Dichloroethane D D D D D D D E E Dioxane D D G D D G D D E
Dichloroethylene D D D D D D D E E Dioxolane D D C D D G D C E
Dichloroethyl Ether D D D D D D D C E Dipentene (Limonene) D D D D C D D E E
Dichlorohexane D D D D D D D E E Diphenyl (Biphenyl) D D D D D D D E E
Dichloromethane D D D D D D D E E Diphenyl Oxide
D D D D D D C E E
Dichloropentane D D D D D D D E E (Phenyl Ether)
Teflon is recommended where deionization levels are critical.

* Dipropylamine G G E G G E C C E


Di - Fe Fe - Gl
DIPROPYLENE GLYCOL - FERRIC NITRATE FERRIC SULFATE - GLYCERINE (GLYCEROL)
Dipropylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D Ferric Sulfate E E E E E E E E E
Dipropyl Ketone D D G D D G D D E Ferrous Acetate D D E D D G D D E
Disodium Phosphate E E E E E E E E E Ferrous Ammonium Sulfate E E E E E E E E E
Divinyl Benzene D D D D D D D E E Ferrous Chloride E E E E E E E E E
D.M.P. (Dimethyl Phenols) D D D D D D D D – Ferrous Hydroxide G C E E G E G C E
Dodecylbenzene D D D D D D D E E Ferrous Sulfate E E E E E E E E E
p-Dodecyltoluene D D D D D D D E E Fish Oil D D E E E E E E E
Dowfume W 40, 100% D D D C D C C C – Fluorobenzene D – D D D – – – E
Dow–Per Fluoroboric Acid E C E G E E E C E
D D D D C D D E E
(Perchloroethylene) Fluorine (Liquid) D D D D D D D D –
Dowtherm™ Oil, A and E D D D D D D C E E Fluosilicic Acid G G E G G G E E E
Dowtherm™ SR-1 E E E E E E E E E Formaldehyde (Formalin) C C E G G G G E E
Dry Cleaning Fluids D D D D C D D E G Formamide E E E E E E E D E
E Formic Acid G G E C C C C D G
Epichlorohydrin D D G D D G C D G Freon™ 11* D D D G E D E E E
Ethanol (Ethyl Alcohol) E E E E E E E E E Freon™ 12* D D D C G C D G G
Ethanolamine G C G G G G C D E Freon™ 13* E E E E E E E E E
Ethers D D C D D D C C E Freon™ 21* D D D G D D D D E
Ethyl Acetate D D G D D G C D E Freon™ 22* D D E E D G D D E
Ethyl Acetoacetate D D G D D G D D E Freon™ 31* G G E E D E G D E
Ethyl Acrylate D D C D D D D D G Freon™ 32* E E E E E E E C E
Ethyl Benzene D D D D C D D E E Freon™ 112* D D D G G D G E E
Ethyl Benzoate D D G C G G C C E Freon™ 113* C G D E E D E G E
Ethyl Butyl Alcohol E E E E E E E G E Freon™ 114* E E E E E E E G E
Ethyl Butyl Amine G C E G G G C G E Freon 115
™ *
E E E E E E E G E
Ethyl Butyl Ketone D D G D D G D D E Freon™ 142b* E E E E E E E D E
Ethyl Butyrate C – – D D – D – C Freon™ 152a* E E E E E E C D E
Ethyl Cellulose G G G G G G G D E Freon™ 218* E E E E E E E E E
Ethyl Chloride C C D C C D D E E Freon™ C316* E E E E E E E E E
Ethyl Diochloride D D D D D D D G G Freon™ C318* E E E E E E E E E
Ethylene D D D G E D C E E Freon™ 13B1* E E E E E E E E E
Ethylene Bromide D D D D D D D E G Freon™ 114B2* D C D E G D E G E
Ethylene Chloride D D D D D D D E G Freon™ 502* E E E E G E E G E
Ethylene Chlorohydrin C – E E D – – – C Freon™ TF* C G E E E D E E E
Ethylene Diamine G C E E G E C D E Freon™ T–WD602* C G E G E G G E E
Ethylene Dibromide D D D D D D D G G Freon™ TMC* G C G G G G G E E
Ethylene Dichloride D D D D D D D G G Freon™ T–P35* E E E E E E E E E
Ethylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D Freon™ TA* E E E E E E E C E
Ethylene Oxide D D C D D C D D – Freon™ TC* D G E E E G E E E
Ethylene Trichloride Freon™ MF* D G D C E D G E E
D D D D C D D E G
(Trichloroethylene) Freon™ BF* D D D G G D G E E
Ethyl Ether D D D D C D D D E Fuel Oil D D D G E D C E E
Ethyl Formate D D G D D C D D E Fuel, ASTMA D D D E E D C E E
Ethyl Hexanol E E E E E E E G E Fuel, ASTMB D D D G E D C E E
Ethyl Mercaptan D – D D D – – – C Fuel, ASTMC D D D C G D D E G
Ethyl Methyl Ketone C D G D D G D D E Fumaric Acid E E D G E D G E E
Ethyl Oxalate E E E D D G D C E Furan D D C D D C D D E
Ethyl Pentachlorobenzene D – D D C – – – E Furfural D D G C D G G D E
Ethyl Phthalate D D E D D G D C E Furfuryl Alcohol D D C C D C C D E
Ethyl Propyl Ether D D D D D D D C E G
Ethyl Propyl Ketone D D G D D G D D E Gallic Acid E E G G G G G G E
Ethyl Silicate C C E E E E E E E Gasoline, Reg D D D E E D C E E
Ethyl Sulfate D D G D D G D D E Gasoline, Hi-Test D D D G E D D E E
EX TRI (Trichloroethylene) D D D D C D D E G Gasoline, Lead Free D D D G G D D E E
F Gelatin E E E E E E E E E
Fatty Acids D D D G G C G E E Gluconic Acid D D C C C C G E E
Ferric Bromide E E E E E E E E E Glucose E E E E E E E E E
Ferric Chloride E E E E E E E E E Glue E E E E E E E E E
Ferric Nitrate E E E E E E E E E Glycerine (Glycerol) E E E E E E E E –
*
Reference for Freon Seals Only: Mercer will not manufacture any type of rubber hose or expansion joint for Freon service.
Freon is a registered trademark of The Chemours Company, which uses it for a number of halocarbon products.

Gl - Ir Is - Li
GLYCOLS - IRON SULFIDE ISOAMYL ACETATE - LINOLEIC ACID
Glycols D D D D D D D D D Isoamyl Acetate D D E D D G D D E
Grease D D D G E D C E E Isoamyl Alcohol E E E E E E E E E
Green Sulfate Liquor E E E G E E E G E Isoamyl Bromide D D D D D D D G G
H soamyl Butyrate D D C D D C D D G
Halowax Oil D D D D D D D E E Isoamyl Chloride D D C D D D D G G
Heptachlor Isoamyl Ether D D D D D D D D E
D D D G G D D E E
In Petroleum Solvents Isoamyl Phthalate D D E D D G D C E
Heptachlor In Petroleum Isobutane D D D E E D D E E
D D D G G D D E E
Solvents, Water Spray Isobutanol (Isobutyl Alcohol) E E E E E E E E E
Heptanal (Heptaldehyde) D D D D D G D D E Isobutyl Acetate D D E D D G D D E
Heptane D D D E E D G E E Isobutyl Aldehyde C D G D D G D D E
Heptane Carboxylic Acid D D C G C C G E E Isobutyl Amine G C G D D G C D E
Hexaldehyde D D G G D G C D E Isobutyl Bromide D D D D D D D G G
Hexane D D D E E D C E E Isobutyl n-Butyrate – – – D – – – – C
Hexanol (Hexyl Alcohol) E E E E E E E E E Isobutyl Carbinol E E E G E E E G E
Hexene D D D G G D C E E Isobutyl Chloride D D D D D D D G G
Hexylamine G C G G G G C D E Isobutylene D D D C C D D E E
Hexylene D D D G E C D E G Isobutyl Ether D D D D D D D D E
Hexylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D Isocyanates C D G D D G C C G
Hexyl Methyl Ketone D D G D D G D D E Isododecane D – – E E – E – E
Hi–Tri (Trichloroethylene) D D D D C D D E G Isooctane D D D E E D G E E
Hydraulic Fluid (Petroleum) D D D G E D G E E Isopentane D D D E E D D E G
Hydraulic Fluid Isopropyl Acetate D D E D D G C D E
D D E D D E D D E
(Phosphate Ester Base) Isopropyl Alcohol
E E E E E G E G G
Hydraulic Fluid (Poly (Iso–propanol)
D D D D D D D D D
Alkylene Glycol Base) Isopropyl Amine G C E E G G C D E
Hydrazine – – – – – E – D – Isopropyl Benzene D D D D D D D E E
Hydrobromic Acid E D E C D G E E E Isopropyl Chloride D D D D D D D G G
Hydrochloric Acid, 37% E G E C C G E E E Isopropyl Ether D D D D C D C D E
Hydrochloric Acid, 50% E C G D D C E E E Isopropyl Toluene D D D D D D D E E
Hydrochloric Acid, 100% G C C D D C G C E J
Hydrocyanic Acid G C E C G G E G E Jet Fuels (JP 1 – JP 6) D D D G E D C E E
Hydrofluoric Acid G D G C D G E G E K
Hydrofluosilic Acid E D E C D G E G E Kerosene D D D G E D C E E
Hydrogen Gas G G E E E G E E E Ketones G G G D D G D D E
Hydrogen Peroxide, 3% E G E C G G E E E L
Hydrogen Peroxide, 10% D D C C D C C E E Lactic Acid G G G E E G E E E
Hydrogen Peroxide, 30% D D D D D C D E E Lacquers D D D D D D D D E
Hydrogen Peroxide, 90% D D D D D C D G G Lacquer Solvents D D D D D D D D E
Hydrogen Sulfide D D E E D E G E E Lard D D D G E C D E E
Hydroquinone G G G D D G C D E Lauryl Alcohol E E E E E E E G E
Hydrochlorous Acid G G G G D G E E E Lead Acetate D D E C C G D C E
I Lead Nitrate E E E E E E E E E
Ink Oil (Linseed Oil Base) D D G G G G G E E Lead Sulfamate G G E E G E G E E
Insulating Oil D D D G E D D E E Lead Sulfate E E E E E E E E E
Iodine D D D D D D C C E Ligroin D D D E E D D E E
Iron Acetate D D E D D G D D E Lime Water D D E E C E E E E
Iron Hydroxide C C E E G G G C E Lime–Sulphur G – C E E – G – E
Iron Salts E E E E E E E E E Linseed Oil D D E G E G G E E
Iron Sulfate E E E E E E E E E Lindol (Tricresyl Phosphate) D D E D D E D E E
Iron Sulfide E E E E E E E E E Linoleic Acid – – – D G – – – E


Li - Mo Mo - Pa
LIQUID SOAP - MONOCHLOROBENZENE MONOCHLORODIFLUOROMETHANE - PAPERMAKER’S ALUM
Liquid Soap E E E E E E E E E Monochlorodifluoromethane
D D E E D E D D E
Liquified Petroleum Gas D D D G E D D E E (Freon™ 22)
Lubricating Oils D D D G E D C E E Monoethanolamine G C G G C G G D E
Lye (Sodium Hydroxide) E G E E G E E D E Monomethylether G G E E E E C C E
M Monovinyl Acetate D D G D D C C E E
Magnesium Acetate D D E D D G D D E Motor Oil D D D E E D D E E
Magnesium Muriatic Acid (See HCL 37%)
– – E E – – – – E
Ammonium Sulphate N
Magnesium Carbonate E E E E E E E E E Naphtha D D D G E D D E E
Magnesium Chloride E E E E E G E E E Napthalene D D D D D D D E E
Magnesium Hydrate E G E E G E G G E Napthenic Acid D D D D C D D E E
Magnesium Hydroxide E E E E E G E E E Natural Gas C – E E E – E – E
Magnesium Nitrate E E E E E E E E E Neatsfoot Oil D D G G E G G E E
Magnesium Oxide – – E E – – – – E NEU–TRI™ (Trichloroethylene) D D D D C D D E G
Magnesium Sulfate E E E E E E E E E Nickel Acetate D D E D D G D D E
Malathion 50 in Nickel Ammonium Sulphate – – E E – – – – E
D D D C C D D E E
Armomatic Solvents Nickel Chloride E E E E E E E E E
Malathion 50 in Aromatic Nickel Nitrate E E E E E E E E E
D D D E E D D E E
Solvents, Water Spray Nickel Plating Solution E D G C G G G E E
Maleic Acid D D C C D C D E – Nickel Sulfate E E E E E E E E E
Maleic Anhydride D D C C D C D E E Nicotine Bentonite – – – – G – – – C
Malic Acid E G D C G D G E E Nicotine Sulphate – – – – G – – – C
Manganese Sulfate E E E E E E E E E Niter Cake E E E E E E E E E
Manganese Sulfide C E E G E G E E E Nitric Acid, 10% D D G C D G G E E
Manganese Sulfite C E E G E G E E E Nitric Acid, 20% D D G D D C G E E
Mercuric Chloride G G G C C C G E E Nitric Acid, 30% D D G D D C C E G
Mercuric Cyanide E – E G E – E – E Nitric Acid, 30–70% D D C D D D D C –
Mercurous Nitrate E – E E E – E – E Nitric Acid, Read Fuming D D D D D D D D –
Mercury G G E G E E E E E Nitrobenzene D D D D D D D G E
Mesityl Oxide D – D D D – D – C Nitrogen Gas E E E E E E E E E
Methane D D D G E D G E E Nitrogen Tetroxide D D D D D D D D –
Methyl Acetate C D G D D G D D E Nitromethane G G G C D G C D E
Methyl Acrylate C D G C D G D D E Nitropropane C C E C D G C D E
Methacrylic Acid D D G G D G C G E Nitrous Oxide E E E E E E E E E
Methyl Alcohol (Methanol) E E E E E E E C E O
Methyl Benzene (Toluene) D D D D D D D E E Octadecanoic Acid D D G G E C D C E
Methyl Bromide D D G D G G D E E Octane D D D G E D D E G
Methyl Butyl Ketone D D G D D G D D E Octanol (Octyl Alcohol) G G G E G G G E E
Methyl Cellosolve D D G G C G C D E 2–Octene – – – C – – – – E
Methyl Chloride D D D D C D D G G Octyl Acetate D D E D D G D D E
Methyl Cyclohexane D D D D D D D G G Octyl Amine C C G G C G C D E
Methyl Cyclopentane – – – G – – – – E Octyl Carbinol E E E E E E E G E
Methylene Bromide D D D D D D D G G Octylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D
Methylene Chloride D D D D D D D G E Oil, Petroleum D D D E E D C E E
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) G D G D D G D D E Oil, ASTM #1 D D D E E D G E E
Methyl Formate C C G G D G C C G Oil, ASTM #2 D D D E E D C E E
Methyl Hexanol E E E E E E E G E Oil, ASTM #3 D D D G E D C E E
Methyl Hexyl Ketone D D G D D G D D E Oletic Acid D D G C G G C C E
Methyl Isobutyl Carbinol G C E G G E G G E Oleum (Fuming Sulfuric Acid) D D D D D D D D –
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone (MIBK) D D G D D G D D E Olive Oil (Non F.D.A.) D D G G E G G E E
Methyl Isopropyl Ketone D D G D D G D D E Orthodichlorobenzene D D D D D D D E G
Methyl Propyl Ether D D D D D D D D E Oxalic Acid C C E C G E G C E
Methyl Propyl Ketone D D G D D G D D E Oxygen, Cold G G E G G G G E E
Methyl Methacrylate D D D D D D G D G Oxygen, Hot D D D D D D D G E
Methyl Salicylate D D G D D G D C G Ozone D C G G D E E E E
Milk C – C G G – E – E P
Mineral Oil D D D G E D G E E Paint Thinner (Duco) D D D D D D D C E
Mineral Spirits D D D G E D D E E Palmitic Acid D D G G E G G E G
Monobromobenzene – – D – D – – – E Palm Oil D D E G E G G E E
Monochlorobenzene D D D D D D D E E Papermaker’s Alum E E E E E E E E E

Pa - Po Po - So
PARADICHLOROBENZENE - POTASSIUM DICHROMATE POTASSIUM HYDRATE - SOAP SOLUTIONS
Paradichlorobenzene D D D D D D D E G Potassium Hydrate E G E G G E G C E
Paraffin D D D E E D D E – Potassium Hydroxide E E E G E E E D E
Paraformaldehyde D D G G G G G C E Potassium Iodide – – E E – – – – E
Peanut Oil D D C G E D G E E Potassium Nitrate E E E E E E E E E
Pentaclorophenol D – D D D – – – E Potassium Nitrite – – E E – – – – E
Pentane D D D E E D G E E Potassium Permanganate D D E D D E D E E
n–Pentane, 2–Methyl, 3–Methyl – – – E – – – – E Potassium Phosphate – – E E – – – – E
Pentene–2, 4–Methyl – – – G – – – – E Potassium Silicate E E E E E E E E E
Perchloroethylene D D D D C D D E G Potassium Sulfate E E E E E E E E E
Perchloric Acid G G G E D G E E E Potassium Sulfide E E E E E E E E E
Permachlor (Degreasing Fluid) – – – – D – – – C Potassium Sulfite E E E E E E E E E
Petrolatum D D D E E D C E E Potassium Thiosulphate – – E E – – – – E
Petroleum, Crude D D D G E D D E E Producer Gas D D D G E D G E E
Petroleum Ether (Naphtha) D D D E E D D E E Propanediol E E E G E E E E E
Petroleum Oils D D D E E D C E E Propyl Acetate D D G D D G D D E
Phenol C C G C D C C E E Propyl Alcohol (Propanol) E E E E E E E E E
Phenolates (DINITROL®) D – – D D – – – G Propyl Aldehyde C D G D D G D D E
Phenols (DINITROL®) E – – G D – – – G Propyl Chloride D D C C D C D G G
Phenolsulfonic Acid D D C C D C D E G Propylene Diamine G G E G G G C C E
Phenyl Chloride D D D D D D D E E Propylene Dichloride D D D D D D D G G
Phenyl Ethyl Ether D – D D D – – – C Propylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D
Phenylhydrazine C D G D D C C E E Pydraul Hydraulic Fluids D D G D D G D C G
Phorone D D E D D G D C E Pyranol D D D D C D D E E
Phosphate Esters D D E D D E D C E Pyridine D D G D D G D D E
Phosphoric Acid, 10% E E E E E E E E E Pyroligneous Acid C C G G C G G E E
Phosphoric Acid, 10–85% C C E G C E E E E Pyrrole C G G D D C D C E
Phosphorous Trichloride D D E D D E D E E R
Pickling Solution C C C C C C C G E Rape Seed Oil D D E G G G G E G
Picric Acid, Molten C C C C C C G C – Red Oil (Crude Oleic Acid) D D G G G G G E E
Picric Acid, Water Solutions E C E G G G E C E Richfield A Weed Killer, 100% D D D D D D D C G
Pinene D D D D E D D E E Richfield B Weed Killer, 33% D D G G G D C C G
Pine Oil D D D C C D D G E Rosin Oil D D D E E D G E E
Piperidine D D D D D D D D G Rotenone And Water E E E E E E E E E
Pitch D D D G G D C C E Rum E – E E E – E – –
Plating Solutions, Chrome D D E G G E C E E S
Plating Solutions, Others E E E G G E C G E Sal Ammoniac
E E E E E E E E E
Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsion (PVA) C C E G C E G C E (Ammonium Chloride)
Polyethylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D Salicylic Acid E G E D D E E E E
Polypropylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D Salt Water (Sea Water) E E E E E E E E E
Potassium Acetate D D E D D G D D E Secondary Butyl Alcohol E – E E E – – – E
Potassium Bicarbonate E E E E E E E E E Sewage C C C G E G E E E
Potassium Bisulfate E E E E E E E E E Shell DD D – D D D – – – C
Potassium Bisulfite E E E E E E E E E Silicate of Soda
E E E E E E E E E
Potassium Borate E – E E E – E – E (Sodium Silicate)
Potassium Bromide E – E E E – E – E Silicate Esters D D D E G D E E E
Potassium Carbonate E E E E E E E E E Silicone Greases E E E E E E E E E
Potassium Chlorate E – E E E – E – E Silicone Oils E E E E E E E E E
Potassium Chloride E E E E E E E E E Silver Nitrate E E E E E E E E E
Potassium Chromate D D E C D G C E G Skelly Solvent D D D G E D C E E
Potassium Cyanide E E E E E E E E E Skydrol Hydraulic Fluids D D E D D E D D E
Potassium Dichromate D D E G D G C E E Soap Solutions E E E E E E E E E


So - Ta Ta - Ur
SODA ASH (SODIUM CARBONATE) - TALLOW TANNIC ACID - UREA
Soda Ash (Sodium Carbonate) E E E E E E E E E Tannic Acid E G E G C E G E E
Soda, Caustic Tanning Liquors
E G E E G E E D E – – C E E – G – E
(Sodium Hydroxide) (alum./dichromate)
Soda, Lime E G E G G E G C E Tar D D D G G D D E –
Soda Niter (Sodium Nitrate) E E E E E E E E E Tartaric Acid E E E G E E E E E
Sodium Acetate D D E D D G D D E Terpineol D D C D D C D E –
Sodium Aluminate E E E E E E E E E Tertiary Butyl Alcohol E E E E E E E E E
Sodium Bicarbonate E E E E E E E E E p–Tertiary Butylcatechol C – E E D – – – E
Sodium Bisulfate E E E E E E E E E Tertiary Butyl Mercaptan D – D D D – – – E
Sodium Bisulfite E E E E E E E E E Tetrachlorobenzene D D D D D D D G G
Sodium Borate E E E E E E E E E Tetrachloroethane D D D D D D D E G
Sodium Carbonate E E E E E E E E E Tetrachloroethylene D D D D D D D E G
Sodium Chloride E E E E E E E E E Tetraethylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D
Sodium Chromate D D E C D G C C G Tetrachloromethane D D D D C D D E G
Sodium Cyanide E E E E E E E E E Tetrachloronapthalene D D D D D D D G G
Sodium Dichromate D D E C D G C C E Tetraethyl Lead D D D C G D D E E
Sodium Fluoride E E E E E E E E E Tetrahydrofuran (THF) D D D D D D D D E
Sodium Fluoroaluminate 10% E – E E E – E – E Tetralin D – D D D – D – E
Sodium Hydroxide E G E E G E E D E Thionyl Chloride D D D D D D D G E
Sodium Hypochloride C – C C C – E – E Tin chloride E E E E E E E E E
Sodium Hypochlorite C D G D D G C E G Tin Tetrachloride E E E E E E E E E
Sodium Iodide – – E E – – – – E Titanium Tetrachloride D D D C G C C E E
Sodium Metaphosphate E E E G E E G E E Toluene (Toluol) D D D D D D D E E
Sodium Nitrate E E E E E E E E E Toluene Diisocyanate (TDI) C C E D C E D G E
Sodium Nitrite E E E E E E E E E Toxaphene D D D G G D D E E
Sodium Perborate C D E D D G D E E Transformer Oils
D D D G E D G E E
Sodium Peroxide G G E G G E G E G (Petroleum Base)
Sodium Phosphate E E E E E E E E E Transformer Oils
Sodium Salts E – E E – – E – E (Chlorinated Phenyl D D D D D D D E –
Sodium Silicate E E E E E E E E E Base Askerels)
Sodium Sulfate E E E E E E E E E Transmission Fluids, A D D D C G D D E E
Sodium Sulfide E E E E E E E E E Transmission Fluids, B D D D D C D D E E
Sodium Sulfite E E E E E E E E E Triacetin E G E G G E G D E
Sodium Thiosulfate E E E E E E E E E Tributoxy Ethyl Phosphate G – C C D – – – C
Soybean Oil D D G G G G G E E Tributyl Amine G G E G G E C D E
Stannic Chloride E E G E E E E E E Tributyl Phosphate D D G D D G D D E
Stannic Sulfide E E E E E E E E E Trichloroacetic Acid 10% C – C C G – – – G
Stannous Chloride E E E E E E E E E Trichlorobenzene D D D D D D D G G
Stannous Sulfide E E E E E E E E E Trichloroethane D D D D D D D E E
Stearic Acid D D G G E C G E E Trichloroethylene D D D D C D D E G
Stoddard Solvent D D D C E D D E E Trichloropropane D D D D D D D E E
Styrene D D D D D D D G E Tricresyl Phosphate (TCP) D D E D D G D G E
Sugar Solutions (Sucrose) Triethanolamine (TEA) G G E E G G E D E
E E E E E E E E E
(Non F.D.A.) Triethylamine G G G E G G E G E
Sulfamic Acid C C E G G E G E E Triethylborane – – – – – – – – E
Sulfite Liquors G G E G G G E E E Triethylene Glycol D D D D D D D D D
Sulfonic Acid D D D C D D C D G Trinitrotoluene (TNT) D D D G D D G G –
Sulfur (Molten) D D G C C C C E – Triphenyl Phosphate D D E C D G C C E
Sulfur Chloride D D D D D D G E G Trisodium Phosphate E E E E E E E E E
Sulfur Dioxide C C G G D C G E E Tung Oil D D C G E D G E E
Sulfur Hexafluoride E E E E E E E E E Turbine Oil D D D G G D G E E
Sulfur Trioxide D D G D D C D E G Turpentine D D D G G D D E E
Sulfuric Acid, 25% G G G E G G E E E 2,4D With 10% Fuel Oil D D D E E D D E E
Sulfuric Acid, 25–50% G D E C D G E E E U
Sulfuric Acid, 50–96% D D C C D G G E E Ucon Hydrolube Oils D D E G E E D E E
Sulfuric Acid, Fuming D D D D D D D D G (UDMH) Unsymmetrical
D D E D D E E D C
Sulfurous Acid G C G G C G E E E Dimethylhydrazine
T Undecanol E E E E E E E G E
Tall Oil D D D G C D G E E Uran G C G G G G E C E
Tallow D D D E E D D E E Urea E C E E C E C C E

Va - Wa Wh - Zi
VARNISH - WATER, SALT WHITE LIQUOR - ZINC SULFATE
Varnish D D D G G D C E E White Liquor E E G E E C E E E
Vegetable Oils D D E G E E G E E White Oil D D D G E D D E E
Versilube® E E E E E E E E E Whiskey and Wines E – E E E – E – E
Vinegar E C E E C G E G E Wood Alcohol (Methanol) E E E E E E E D E
Vinyl Acetate D D E D D C C D G Wool Oil G – D E E – – – E
Vinyl Benzene D D D D D D D E G X
Vinyl Chloride (Monomer) C D D D D D D E E Xylene (Xylol) D D D D D D D E E
Vinyl Ether D D D D D C C D E Xylidine D D D D D D D C G
Vinyl Toluene D D D D D D D E G Z
Vinyl Trichloride D D D D D D D E E Zeolites E E E E E E E E E
V.M. & P. Naptha D D D E E D D E E Zinc Acetate C D E C C G C D E
W Zinc Carbonate E E E E E E E E E
Walnut Oil D – C G E – – – E Zinc Chloride E E E E E G E E E
Water, Fresh (Non F.D.A.) E E E E E E E E E Zinc Chromate E C E E E E C E G
Water, Salt E E E E G E E E E Zinc Sulfate E E E E E E E E E


BUL L E T I N VI T ON CASE H ISTORY
VITON® FLUOROELASTOMER
CASE HISTORY
A PRODUCT of DUPONT™ DOW ELASTOMERS
In the manufacture of titanium dioxide pigment...
Viton® Provides Highest Reliability in

Contact with Gaseous Chlorine, Acids
and Abrasive Slurries
Flexible expansion joints in critical process streams resist
attack from chemicals, heat and mechanical abuse. Viton
assures a long, maintenance-free service life.
Producing titanium dioxide (TiO2) — the brilliant white pigment
used in paint, paper and a host of other products — brings new
meaning to the word extreme. Extracting the pigmentary material
from raw titanium ore involves a series of rigorous chemical
and mechanical operations that demand top performance from
equipment, materials and operating personnel.
Hot gaseous chemicals, abrasive slurries and acidic solutions
are just a few of the villains in the chlorination process that
converts ore to refined product. And, because chlorine resistance to chemical, mechanical and thermal abuse. To
and other hazardous and corrosive chemicals are involved, withstand the more corrosive media and higher temperatures
operations must be conducted under the strictest safety of the changed process, Mercer specified the use of Viton as the
requirements with no margin for error. elastomer component in the improved design.
™
DuPont , the world’s largest producer of quality TiO2, is To further upgrade the new expansion joint, Mercer replaced
continually seeking ways to make its manufacturing operations the polyester reinforcing yarn with Kevlar aramid, DuPont’s
safer and more reliable. According to the company’s engineering super-tough fiber famous for its use in bulletproof vests. A
and maintenance personnel, an important contributor to bias-ply angle construction was adopted to optimize the
improved reliability has been a family of flexible elastomeric longitudinal and radial strength needed to withstand extremes
expansion joints used at critical connections in piping and of movement and pressure. And, a special latex adhesive
equipment. coating was applied to the yarn to assure integrity of the fiber/
Manufactured for DuPont by Mercer Rubber Company in elastomer bond.
Hauppauge, N.Y., these motion-absorbing joints can be made In all, 20 of the new joints made of Viton and Kevlar were
from any of several different elastomers, depending on end-use installed on pumps and blowers involved in Edgemoor’s
requirements. Where operating environments are especially process change. Most of the joints were placed in areas where
severe, DuPont has adopted a premium-quality joint made of process conditions were especially severe. In every one of
heat-and fluid-resistant DuPont Dow Viton® reinforced with these applications, Viton® has provided reliable service with
high-strength Kevlar® aramid yarn. corrosive chemicals at process temperatures as high as 302°F
(150°C) and pressures up to 80 psi. What’s more, many of the
SUCCESS WITH VITON IN
joints were installed outdoors where they have been exposed to
HIGHLY CORROSIVE SERVICE
sunlight, ozone and ultraviolet. Yet despite the severity of these
DuPont’s TiO2 plant in Edgemoor, Del., a long-time user of the applications, all 20 of the original joints made of Viton are still
basic Mercer expansion joint design, was the first to benefit in service. Maintenance records indicate that not a single
from the premium-performance version made of Viton. At replacement has been needed in the six years since they were
this open-air manufacturing facility, more than 200 Mercer installed.
expansion joints made from Neoprene, Nordel® and other
elastomers have been put in service during the past quarter
century. According to plant maintenance records, these joints
have given outstanding service on process lines and at suction
and discharge ports on pumps and blowers in all areas of the
manufacturing operation. This certification mark can be used
only by licensed manufacturers of
When a process change at the Edgemoor plant put increased industrial rubber parts who use
genuine Viton from DuPont™
performance demands on much of the plant’s equipment, Dow Elastomers.
Mercer set out to develop a joint that would provide superior

BUL L E T I N VI T O N CASE H ISTORY
CUSTOM ENGINEERING, QUALITY MATERIALS
ARE KEYS TO SUCCESS
Mercer Rubber Company, a leading manufacturer of engineered
rubber products, stocks a full line of piping and ductwork
expansion joints made from DuPont Dow elastomers, including
certified Viton®, Nordel®, Hypalon® and Neoprene, as well as
other specialty polymers. Sizes range from 1/2" to 144" with
pressure ratings up to 350 psi. For special applications, custom
units are developed, including rounds, squares, rectangles,
offset connectors, tees and special flanges. Selection of
elastomer and fabric reinforcing yarn is based on the
performance requirements at each application.
“Developing expansion joints to meet the special requirements
of DuPont’s TiO2 process required excellence in engineering
design, material selection and manufacturing skill,” said the
general manager of Mercer Rubber. “We offer that same level
of excellence worldwide to industrial companies that want to
improve the performance and reliability of their process piping
systems.”
According to him, Mercer’s expansion joints are used widely
throughout the chemical, pulp and paper, and mineral processing
industries, as well as in power generation systems and water/
wastewater treatment facilities.
For more information on (800) 853-5515 (U.S. & Canada)

Viton and other elastomers: or (302) 792-4000
Global Headquarters Asia Pacific Regional Headquarters European Regional Headquarters

DuPont Dow Elastomers L.L.C. DuPont Dow Elastomers PTE Ltd. DuPont Dow Elastomers S.A.
300 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 300 1 Maritime Square #10-54 2, chemin du Pavillon
Wilmington, DE 19809 World Trade Center CH-1218 Le Grand-Saconnex
Singapore 099253 Geneva, Switzerland
Latin America Regional Headquarters
DuPont Dow Elastomers do Brasil S.A. Viton Business Center
Rua Henrique Monteiro, 90 DuPont Dow Elastomers L.L.C.
5: andar 505 Blue Ball Road
Pinheiros 05423-020 Triumph Industrial Park
Sao Paulo SP P.O. Box 306
Brazil Elkton, MD 21922-0306
The information set forth herein is furnished free of charge and is based on technical data that DuPont Dow Elastomers believes to be reliable. It is intended for use by
persons having technical skill, at their own discretion and risk. The handling precaution information contained herein is given with the understanding that those using it will
satisfy themselves that their particular conditions of use present no health or safety hazards. Because conditions of product use and disposal are outside our control, we make
no warranties, express or implied, and assume no liability in connection with any use of this information. As with any material, evaluation of any compound under end-use
conditions prior to specification is essential. Nothing herein is to be taken as a license to operate or a recommendation to infringe on any patents.
CAUTION: Do not use in medical applications involving permanent implantation in the human body. For other medical applications, discuss with your DuPont Dow Elastomers
customer service representative.
Viton®, Nordel® and Hypalon® are registered trademarks of DuPont Dow Elastomers.
Kevlar® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
Copyright © 1997 DuPont Dow Elastomers. All rights reserved.

BUL L E T I N A P -MR- 0 2
POWER PLANT PRESSURE

BALANCE APPLICATION
Pressure balance configurations are used in unique
applications. As the name implies, its function is to
LATERAL balance, or cancel out, the internal working pressure
in order to minimize the net end loads acting on
adjacent piping or equipment.
This arrangement is typically used when the piping
system cannot facilitate an anchor or when the loads
on adjacent equipment, e.g. condensers, turbines,
etc., must be kept to a minimum, while offering a
means for accepting external movements.
The pressure balance configuration take the shape
of a “T” with two expansion joints in line at each end.
One end is always capped off and the arrangement
functions as a flexible elbow. The net pressure thrust
force from each expansion joint cancels each other
out, leaving only the stiffness of the expansion joints
along with some minor restoration forces acting on
the system. In the large 96" diameter system featured
in the accompanying photo, the reduction in pressure
AXIAL
forces or net end force is tremendous (nearly 750,000

lb).
The two expansion joints perform together to
accommodate external movement, e.g. thermal,
vibration, settlement, etc. For example, if the pipe
moves laterally into the “T”, the two expansion joints
will deflect laterally to its axis. Alternatively, if the
pipe moves axially, or in line with the two expansion
joints, one expansion joint will act in compression
while the other acts in extension. In many cases,
the additional stiffness forces of the two joints are
considerably less than the reduced pressure thrust
forces, demonstrating the benefit of this arrangement.
This is a simplified description of a pressure balance
configuration and in practice many additional factors
require consideration. If this arrangement qualifies as
a potential solution to your system requirements or if
you would like to know more about pressure balance
applications, please contact us. We will be pleased to
assist you in any way.
Mercer’s Style 501 96" diameter expansion joint employed in a pressure
balance configuration in a Malaysian power plant.
Member

Mercer’s Style 501 96” diameter expansion joint employed in a typical configuration in a Malaysian power plant.
EXPANSION JOINT FUNCTIONS & BENEFITS

• Accepts all directional movements, minimizing pipe stresses • F
eatures built-in offsets, for greater flexibility in routing
and offering untold cost benefits as compared with the piping, minimizing space and material requirements, in addition
additional material and space required for expansion loops. to compensating for piping misalignment and settlement.
• Dampens noise and vibration caused by rotating equipment • R
esists corrosion, erosion and abrasion by the selection
(e.g., Centrifugal Pumps) by breaking up its disturbing of an elastometric material optimal for the system’s fluid
frequency and absorbing its damaging forces. medium and temperature.
• Resists shock and fatigue by the flexibility inherent in its • H
as low movement forces, which are particularly important
elastometric construction, accepting the damaging forces in plastic piping systems, through both the flexibility inherent
generated by water hammer, pressure surges and seismic in rubber expansion joints and Mercer’s improved design
events. features, including an optional bias ply angle and arch shape.

COOLING TOWER
APPLICATIONS
Mercer Rubber Company’s Expansion Joints as Employed on
Hamon’s Wet/Dry Cooling Towers for a Northeast Utility
EXPANSION JOINT APPLICATIONS & ADVANTAGES

• Accepts all directional thermal movements, minimizing pipe • F
eatures built-in offsets, as shown below, for greater
stresses and offering untold cost benefits as compared with the flexibility in routing piping, minimizing space and material
additional material and space required for expansion loops. requirements.
• Dampens noise and vibration caused by rotating equipment • R
esists corrosion, erosion and abrasion by the selection
(e.g., Centrifugal Pumps) by breaking up its disturbing of an elastometric material optimal for the system’s fluid
frequency and absorbing its damaging forces. medium and temperature.
• Resists shock and fatigue by the flexibility inherent in its • H
as low movement forces, which are particularly important
elastometric construction, accepting the damaging forces in plastic piping systems, through both the flexibility inherent
generated by water hammer, pressure surges and seismic in rubber expansion joints and Mercer’s improved design
events. features, including an optional bias ply angle and arch shape.
Member
P H O T O B U L L E T I N 10 0 1
THE MERCER RUBBER IMPROVED

METHOD OF STEAM CURING
EXTREMELY LARGE RUBBER EXPANSION JOINTS & DUCT CONNECTORS
We always had the ability to cure expansion joints up to 128" ID It is interesting to note that this steam curing method was
in one of our three high pressure autoclaves. Now Mercer has designed in response to market demand for ever larger
the unique ability to steam cure huge rubber expansion joints products. The old Mercer factory “baked” the products in
having full faced flanges as large as 168" ID. or floating flanges ovens and some of our competitors still do it that way. Steam
up to 180" ID as well as rectangular expansion joints or duct cures produce products with fewer defects and much more
connectors up to 180" square. We believe this is the largest uniform cure.
steam curing system in the United States.
Lowering of 145" ID Introduction of swirling

Expansion Joint into steam from multiple jets
concrete steam curing pit. assures uniform heat
Weight with mandrel is distribution and rubber
6000 lb. curing. Photo shows
pit prior to closing 10"
9600 lb gasketed
concrete cover.
Fully lowered and Raising of 10" concrete

supported by shaft cover after completion
to sidewall brackets. of cure, prior to removal
of product.

BUL L E T I N P A S - M R- 2
APPLYING EXPANSION
JOINTS TO YOUR SYSTEM
Taken from the article published in:
PUMPS SYSTEMS
THE MAGAZINE FOR PUMP USERS AND January 1995
Understanding your piping system requirements and

basic expansion joint functions are keys to achieving optimal performance.
Elastomeric expansion joints serve many functions in modern allow for these movements in compression, extension, lateral,
piping systems. They offer significant advantages over torsional and angular directions, and thereby protect the piping.
alternatives such as metallic expansion joints or expansion Elastomeric expansion joints are also widely used because of
loops. Unfortunately, rubber expansion joints are often their excellent resistance to shock and wear. Shock and bending
misapplied. Design and maintenance of an optimal system loads are generated in piping systems by water hammer,
requires an understanding of both the basic functions and pressure surges and seismic events. Expansion joints work
the requirements of the piping system. as shock absorbers to accept these forces and displacements
The main purposes of an elastomeric expansion joint are to and thus protect the system from damage. In addition, the
reduce noise and vibration, and accept thermal movements. elastomer material provides excellent resistance to wear and
They reduce noise and vibration by creating a discontinuity cyclic loading, particularly compared to its metallic counterparts.
between pipe materials. Noise and vibration theory explain The development of synthetic elastomers and fibers enables
that a rotating piece of equipment such as a centrifugal pump joints to be designed that handle pressures of 350 psi and
will create noise and vibration via its unbalanced force. temperatures of 400°F, conditions that would have previously
prohibited the use of rubber materials.
The frequency and amplitude of vibration depends on the
speed and type of pump. The elastomeric expansion joint acts
MOVEMENT ILLUSTRATIONS
to break up this disturbing frequency and absorb the energy.
This minimizes the transmission of noise, vibration and stresses
into the adjacent piping or equipment.
MECHANICS OF SOUND REDUCTION
Positive Negative Axial Compression Axial Elongation

Pulsation Pulsation
Transverse Angular
An elastomeric expansion joint consists of the tube, carcass

and cover. The tube is a leak-proof lining which protects the
The flexible body of an elastomeric expansion joint accepts carcass from contact with the fluid medium. The tube material
piping thermal movements as well. Thermal movements are is selected to withstand the temperature, chemical and abrasive
an important consideration in any system design. Depending characteristics of the fluid. Chemical resistance guides are
on the change in temperature, material and length of pipe, useful in selecting compatible elastomeric materials. A full range
the movements can be large enough to generate forces that of elastomers is available including natural rubber, Chlorobutyl,
will quickly exceed allowable pipe stresses. Expansion joints Nitrile, Neoprene, EPDM, Viton® and Teflon®.

BUL L E T I N P A S -MR- 2
SERIES 500 SPOOL TYPE EXPANSION JOINT UNRESTRAINED SINGLE ARCH
SPOOL TYPE EXPANSION JOINT
Resilient Arch Flanges Integral
with Body
Embedded Solid Steel Normal Stretched

Wire or Other Radial Length Toward
Reinforcement Failure

Rings or Wire
Steel Ring Arch Anchors
Smooth Anchor Anchor

Leakproof Tube
It is important to use control rods to protect the expansion joint

when the piping system is not adequately anchored. Pressure
forces can quickly stretch the joint beyond its allowable limit
and cause failure. This can be avoided with control rods that
are set with clearances within the allowable limit of the joint.
Control rods cannot, however, protect the expansion joint from
thermal movements that exceed the design criteria when the
Multiple Plies
of Tough, Steel pipeline is properly anchored. Thermal forces are considerably
Rubber Impregnated Backup greater than anything the rods can tolerate because the cross
Fabric or Tire Cord Rings
section of the steel pipe is greater than the control rods. If the
pipe thermally contracts beyond the expansion joint’s allowable
The carcass is designed to handle the system’s fluctuating expansion limit, both the control rod and the expansion joint
movements, pressures and temperatures. Typically, multiple will fail. This type of failure is often incorrectly attributed to
plies of rubber impregnated Polyester or Kevlar® tire cord are manufacturing defects in material or workmanship when it is
used in conjunction with steel reinforcement to achieve the actually caused by over-extension. Careful attention must be
necessary design. The resilient arch is primarily designed to given to selecting an expansion joint that will accommodate the
handle the movement requirements, but it also has to withstand predicted thermal movements.
the temperature and pressure requirements. The steel rings at
Knowing your system requirements and expansion joint
the base of the arch are particularly important to prevent arch
functions can help ensure that your piping system is optimally
broadening from the continuous pressure. Arch broadening or
designed and maintained.
migration results in premature joint failure. The cover, like the
tube, acts to protect the carcass. The cover material is selected
RESTRAINED SINGLE ARCH EXPANSION JOINT
for its resistance to chemicals, oil, sunlight, acid fumes or ozone
contamination, depending on the environmental conditions.
Control Rods
There are many types and arrangements of expansion joints
performing various system functions. In the case of retrofit
offset applications, our company engineers take field
measurements and then design and fabricate custom-built
expansion joints. More typical arrangements include: straight
spool pieces, both single and multiple arched; reducing joints,
both eccentric and concentric; and simple sleeve types and
flanged hoses.

BUL L E T I N 1 0 0 3- 1
EXPANSION JOINTS
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES,
STORAGE & INSPECTION CRITERIA
EXPANSION JOINT INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

1. Do not weld near any rubber expansion joint or weld the The graphite prevents the rubber from adhering to the
mating flanges with the expansion joint in place. There is the metal flange so that the rubber pipe or joint can be
possibility of fire, spark or heat damage. removed without damage, should it ever be necessary.
2. A
ll pipe lines should be properly supported so that the 7. W
hile it is occasionally cost effective to install expansion
expansion joints do not carry the pipe load. joints in pre-compressed or elongated positions to increase
travel in the opposite direction, it is best to install them in
3. a. Anchors are to be provided upstream and downstream of the
normal lengths, avoiding compression or elongation.
expansion joints at both ends of the thermally expanding
or contracting pipe length. Expansion joints will not function 8. C
ontinued support of expansion joint is required until the
and may very well overextend and fail unless these full expansion joint is fully bolted into place.
thrust anchors are in place. 9. It is preferable to install bolts with SAE washers. While it is
b. Where a shut-off valve, reducing valve, check valve or any not always possible because of arch interference, it is also
mechanical pipe fitting is installed in the expansion joint preferable to install the bolts with the head next to the
line, check with the manufacturer to be certain the pipe rubber arch. This eliminates the possibility of using over long
fitting can take the expansion joint thrust. If not, the pipe bolts with the bolt protruding past the nuts and cutting into
must be anchored on either side of the fitting and install the rubber arch. When bolts must be installed from the pipe
two expansion joints rather than one. The thrust on the line side, limit bolt length to 1/8" of thread protruding from
anchor is the pipe line area plus the arch area multiplied by the nut.
the water pressure. The pipe wall thrust is only the area of 10. U
se two wrenches when tightening bolts. Unlike steel flanges
the arch multiplied by the water pressure. where you normally tighten opposite bolts, when tightening
4. If it is not possible to anchor the pipe line in the above manner, the back up rings of rubber flanges, tighten bolts sequentially
control units must be used. Once a control unit is installed, if until the rubber flange bulges uniformly between the back
there is no anchor on one or both sides of the expansion up ring and the adjoining pipe flange. This tightening
joint, the expansion joint will open up to the control rod process continues until bolts are fully torqued.
lock out position and remain in that position. The expansion ubber flanges relax. Bolt tightness should be checked
R
joint will not act to take up axial motion. It will make up for several days after initial operation, and periodically thereafter
misalignment, transverse and possibly angular motion. to prevent leakage. This is particularly important in pipe lines
Where transverse forces are to be kept to a minimum, chain where the service changes from hot to cold and vice versa
or cable assemblies should be substituted for the rigid control during heating and cooling cycles.
rods. While spherical seats on the control rods are of some 11. A
ny gouges or cracks in the cover that develop after
value, the force required to move piping laterally when installation, should be sealed, even though they do not
control rods are used, remains very high. appear to be serious. This can be done by coating with rubber
5. A
ll pipes are to be lined up accurately before installing cement, thus preventing oil or water from penetrating the
expansion joints. Although rubber units will adjust themselves fabric carcass. The Mercer Rubber Company sells special
to misaligned flanges within the specified limits, it is difficult cements for this purpose. Should you wish to order, please
to force expansion joints into position before they are rigidly specify the material that the joint cover is made of, such as
bolted to the flanges. Initial misalignment should be kept to Natural Rubber, Neoprene, Hypalon®, etc.
a maximum of 1/8".
12.
Never operate expansion joints above rated pressures or
6. a. Expansion joint flanges must be in contact with a continuous temperatures.
surface. Depressions or protrusions typical of victaulic or 13. Do not lift the expansion joints by the bolt holes. They may
similar flanges must be covered with a steel cover flange first. be lifted by a padded sling or the two ends of a piece of pipe
b. Rubber flanges will not retain loose elements in valve passing through the joint. Another convenient method is to
bodies that rely on contact with a steel flange. A steel cover cut the lifting pipe longer than the joint, and lift it by means
flange must be inserted between the rubber expansion of a chain or cable running through the pipe. It is preferable
joint and the valve body. not to roll joints on their flanges. Transport them to the
position of installation and install them without contact with
c. Apply a thin film of graphite dispersed in glycerin or water
the floor wherever possible.
to the face of the rubber flanges before installing. No other
type of lubricant or seal should be used on the flange face.

BUL L E T I N 1 0 0 3 -1
STORAGE OF EXPANSION JOINTS EXPANSION JOINT INSPECTION CRITERIA
Rubber products in storage can be adversely affected by the While our expansion joints are practically maintenance free,
following: they should be inspected periodically for soundness. Early
detection of leakage allows ample time for flange tightening
1. Temperature
or replacement if need be, before a problem becomes serious.
2. Humidity
If a cover is deteriorating, thorough cleaning and a coating
3. Ozone
of Hypalon® paint will decrease external deterioration. While
4. Sunlight it is a good idea to check movements after installation, watch
5. Oils for joints that appear to be overly compressed, elongated or
6. Solvents distorted, and then measure actual elongation, compression,
7. Corrosive liquids and fumes lateral deflection and angular movements. Compare them with
8. Insects and rodents the original rated movement capability from your certified
drawings or Mason/Mercer literature. Joints operating outside
The ideal storage temperature is 50°F to 80°F. Continued
of their rated movements are candidates for premature failure.
exposure to temperatures below 32°F and above 90°F should
be avoided. It is also recommended that relative humidity is Check to see temperature and pressure conditions have not
maintained at 20% to 70%. Rubber products should not be exceeded those for which the expansion joint was designed.
stored where they come in contact with ozone, direct or reflected Examine the outer cover of the joint for signs of deterioration.
sunlight. Do not store rubber articles adjacent to electrical or Surface cracks in the rubber cover are not cause for alarm,
other equipment that generates ozone. Whenever possible, provided that the underlying fabric is not cut or broken. Many
rubber products should be stored in their original shipping unnecessary replacements are made for superficial surface
containers, especially when such containers are wood crates cracking or checking.
or cardboard cartons, as this would provide protection against
the deteriorating affects of oil solvents and corrosive liquids, DURING MAINTENANCE SHUTDOWN
and a container also affords some protection against ozone and Remove joint for complete examination or if there is access,
sunlight. Since rodents and insects will attack and eat rubber, crawl up to large diameter joints. The tube should not show
the area should be clear of these nuisances. signs of excess wear (fabric plies exposed) or deterioration
Expansion joints should not be piled one upon another. Over a (swelling, pealing, flaking). Tubes should be free of cracks or
period of time, the weight will reduce the face to face lengths. It gouges in excess of 1/16" in depth. Flanges should be sound,
is best to stack them on shelves to prevent this from happening. showing no cutting or gouging by mating flange surfaces.
It is also very important to store expansion joints where they All rubber surfaces should be resilient, and the flanges and
cannot sustain physical damage, such as being hit with a fork body flexible. Brittleness and/or excessive stiffness, especially
truck or penetrated with flying objects. in higher temperature applications, indicate heat aging and
deterioration.
WHEN REINSTALLING OR
REPLACING EXPANSION JOINTS
Be sure that mating flange surfaces are smooth, and that
misalignment is minimal. If piping is badly out of alignment,
Mason or Mercer can furnish replacement expansion joints with
this initial offset built in. Tighten bolts in sequence until rubber
flange materials just bulge out from between mating flange and
the backup ring. Reinstall control units, if they were used before.
It is important to install control units no longer than their orig-
inal length. Allowing an older joint to travel past the point at
which it has been used for years may introduce cracks.

BUL L E T I N 1 5 0 - M R3
MERCER VIBRAFLEX Series
REINFORCED RUBBER 150, HT150,

PIPE for FLUID SERVICE ONLY 250 & HT250
SERIES 150: 150 PSI WORKING PRESSURE
SERIES 250: 250 PSI WORKING PRESSURE
• High temperature resistant fabric reinforcement for
operating temperatures up to 350°F when required
• Components are pressure cured, resulting in
additional protection against oxidation, corona,
acid splashing or acid fumes
• Reduces water line noises and vibrations caused
by the pipe wall
• Reduces “water hammer”
• Prevents electrolytic action by eliminating
metal-to-metal contact
SERIES 150
Custom built to your exact specifications in lengths up to
12 ft and diameters from 1" to 48". (Working Pressure 150 psi and Full Vacuum)
• Choice
of eight cover and tube elastomers The Vibraflex 150 reinforced rubber pipe is hand-built by our
skilled craftsmen. To minimize pipe elongation, the carcass
• Choice
of cover to match tube materials or different
is constructed of multiple plies of high tensile polyester tire
materials for superior resistance to external conditions
cord or Kevlar® for high temperatures. Helical spring steel wire
• Carcass
constructed of multiple plies of polyester tire is imbedded in the carcass to prevent kinking or crushing as
cord to minimize elongation well as for radial pressure reinforcement. A variety of cover and
• Baked
Enamel, Galvanized Ductile Iron, Carbon tube elastomers are available, offering superior chemical,
or Stainless Steel Split Backup Rings aging and temperature resistance from -30° to +250°F operating
temperatures. Please refer to the choices on the table on the
• 150
lb ASA drilling is standard. Other drillings next page.
or completely customized drillings as required.
Opposite flanges can have different drillings SERIES 250
to serve as transition pieces The Vibraflex 250 has all the features of the 150, with working
• Helical
wound spring wire runs through the carcass pressures up to 250 psi and full vacuum.
for radial reinforcement
SERIES HT150 & HT250
• Can
be built with permanent offset to compensate
The Vibraflex HT150 & HT250 are a High Temperature series.
for existing or designed piping misalignment
The tube and cover are either EPDM or Viton® and the
reinforcement is Kevlar® for full pressure service up to 350°F.

BUL L E T I N 1 5 0 -MR3
Series 150, HT150,
250 & HT250
Retaining Rings are Rigid,
Baked Enamel Ductile Iron
(Other materials or finishes
on special order)
Optional Coating
of Hypalon® Paint

Fabric and Tire Cord
Helical Wire Radial Reinforcement
Flanges Integral
with Body
Face
to
Face
I.D
Flange
O.D.
SERIES 150 & 250 SERIES HT150 & HT250 SERIES 150
MATERIAL AVAILABILITY MATERIAL AVAILABILITY ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS
& OPERATING TEMPERATURES & OPERATING TEMPERATURES Typical Transverse
Series Max, High Temperature Hose Length Motion
Standard Materials Series Max, Size (in) (in)
150 & Oper. HT150 & Material Oper.
250 Tube Cover Temp. HT250 Cover Temp. 1 9 1
B Butyl Butyl 250°F K-E EPDM 350°F 11/4 10 7/8
E EPDM EPDM 250°F K-V Viton® 350°F 11/2 11 3/4
H Hypalon® Hypalon® 225°F
2 12 3/4
HN Hypalon® Neoprene 225°F
21/2 16 5/8
3 18 5/8
NH Neoprene Hypalon 225°F
Ni Nitrile Nitrile 210°F 4 24 5/8
NiN Nitrile Neoprene 210°F 5 30 5/8

NR Neoprene Natural 225°F 6 36 5/8
R Natural Natural 180°F 8 36 1/2
RN Natural Neoprene 180°F 10 36 1/2
V Viton® Viton® 250°F 12 48 1/2
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - 150, HT150, 250 & HT250

1. A
nchor rigid metal piping securely. Do not weld near 4. Tighten bolts in equal steps until rubber flange bulges
rubber. slightly between retaining ring and adjoining pipe flange.
Check bolt tightness several days after initial operation
2. Use suitable hangers so weight is not on the Vibraflex hose.
and then periodically thereafter.
3. Measure lengths accurately, then install Vibraflex in exact
5. Check temperature and pressure ratings for intended
normal length, avoiding compression or elongation.
service.

BUL L E T I N 3 0 0 -M R4
MERCER SLEEVE TYPE Series
EXPANSION JOINTS 300 & 310

300 – STANDARD PRESSURE, LOW VACUUM
310 – HIGH PRESSURE, HIGH VACUUM
1 ARCH
Style 301 & 311 Expansion Joints
Protective Cover
Multiple Ply Fabric
Reinforcement
Resilient Arch
2 ARCH
Style 302 & 312
1/8" Thick
Soft Ends for Leakproof Tube
Clamping
3 ARCH
Style 303 & 313
Coating of Hypalon® Paint
Stainless Steel Wormdrive

Clamp to Secure Expansion
Joint to Piping
4 ARCH
Style 304 & 314
SERIES 300 & 310

Series Standard Materials Max.
300 & Oper.
E EPDM EPDM 250°F
NH Neoprene Hypalon® 225°F
Ni Nitrile Nitrile 210°F
See next page for Dimensions, Allowable Movements and Pressures.
NR Neoprene Natural 225°F IMPORTANT
R Natural Natural 180°F Since sleeve type expansion joints cannot be readily protected with
control rods, it is imperative that piping be axially aligned, properly
RN Natural Neoprene 180°F guided and properly anchored.
V Viton® Viton® 250°F Periodic tightening of clamps may be necessary.

BUL L E T I N 3 0 0 -M R4
1 ARCH STYLE 301 & 311 DIMENSIONS
Style 301 & 311 ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS & OPERATING PRESSURES
Allowable Movements
Face to Axial Axial Lateral Rated Working Vacuum Rating
Mercer Face Compression Extension Deflection Pressure (psi) (in Hg)
Size* (in) (in) (in) (in) 301 311 301 311
11/2 6 13/4 7/8 1 90 140 15 30
2 6 13/4 7/8 1 90 140 15 30
21/2 6 13/4 7/8 1 90 140 15 30
3 6 13/4 7/8 1 90 140 15 30
4 6 13/4 7/8 1 90 140 15 30
5 6 13/4 7/8 1 50 125 15 30
6 6 13/4 7/8 1 50 125 15 30
8 6 13/4 7/8 1 25 125 15 30
10 6 13/4 7/8 1 25 125 15 30
12 6 13/4 7/8 1 25 125 15 30
14 8 21/8 1 11/4 20 90 15 30
16 8 21/8 1 11/4 20 90 15 30
18 8 21/8 1 11/4 15 90 15 30
20 8 21/8 1 11/4 15 70 15 30
22 10 25/8 11/4 11/2 15 70 15 30
24 10 25/8 11/4 11/2 15 70 15 30
*
Fits over nominal pipe sizes and tubing listed

Allowable Movements
Size* (in) (in) (in) (in) 302 312 302 312
11/2 10 31/2 13/4 2 50 105 15 30
2 10 31/2 13/4 2 50 105 15 30
21/2 10 31/2 13/4 2 50 105 15 30
3 10 31/2 13/4 2 50 105 15 30
4 10 31/2 13/4 2 50 105 15 30
5 10 31/2 13/4 2 35 90 15 30
6 10 31/2 13/4 2 35 90 15 30
8 10 31/2 13/4 2 20 90 15 30
10 10 31/2 13/4 2 20 90 10 30
12 10 31/2 13/4 2 20 90 10 30
14 12 41/4 2 21/2 15 70 10 30
16 12 41/4 2 21/2 15 70 5 30
18 12 41/4 2 21/2 10 70 5 30
20 12 41/4 2 21/2 10 55 5 30
22 14 51/4 21/2 3 10 55 5 30
24 14 51/4 21/2 3 10 55 5 30
*

BU L L E T I N 300- M R 4
Allowable Movements
Size* (in) (in) (in) (in) 303 313 303 313
11/2 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 75 10 30
2 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 75 10 30
21/2 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 75 10 30
3 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 75 10 30
4 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 75 10 30
5 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 65 10 30
6 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 65 10 30
8 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 65 10 30
10 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 65 5 30
12 14 51/4 25/8 3 25 65 5 30
14 16 63/8 3 33/4 10 50 5 30
16 16 63/8 3 33/4 10 50 5 30
18 16 63/8 3 33/4 10 50 5 30
20 16 63/8 3 33/4 10 40 5 30
22 18 77/8 33/4 41/2 10 40 5 30
24 18 77/8 33/4 41/2 10 40 5 30
*

Allowable Movements
Size* (in) (in) (in) (in) 304 314 304 314
11/2 18 7 31/2 4 15 55 10 30
2 18 7 31/2 4 15 55 10 30
21/2 18 7 31/2 4 15 55 10 30
3 18 7 31/2 4 15 55 10 30
4 18 7 31/2 4 15 55 10 30
5 18 7 31/2 4 15 40 10 30
6 18 7 31/2 4 15 40 10 30
8 18 7 31/2 4 15 40 10 30
10 18 7 31/2 4 15 40 5 30
12 18 7 31/2 4 15 40 5 30
14 20 81/2 4 5 5 30 5 30
16 20 81/2 4 5 5 30 5 30
18 20 81/2 4 5 5 30 5 30
20 20 81/2 4 5 5 30 5 30
22 22 101/2 5 6 5 30 5 30
24 22 101/2 5 6 5 30 5 30
*

BUL L E T I N 4 5 0 -M R2- 5
MERCER FLEXMORE Series
EXPANSION JOINTS WA450 & 450

• Working pressures up to 250 psi in all sizes
• Greater movements per arch
• Manufactured in one to six arches
• Minimum 3 to 1 safety factor to burst pressure
• Wide arch contour provides controlled extension
under pressure
• Lower spring rates
• Choice of eight cover elastomers
• Sizes up to 36" diameter
• Optional Coating of Hypalon® paint
• Standard 150 lb ASA Drilling, Ductile Iron Back-up Rings
• Filled or Unfilled Arches
• Lightweight
SERIES 450
Mercer Flexmore Series 450 is the most economical, full-pressure
elastometric expansion joint available. Tough fabric and tirecord
plies are bonded between the tube and cover in a steel mold
and then cured in a thermostatically controlled steam chamber.
The product is uniform in both appearance and performance.
A wide, low profile arch provides exceptional flexibility and
virtually eliminates the need for filled arches in all but the most
severe sludge and slurry applications. External integral flange
reinforcing rings control both radial and arch swell. A variety
of cover and tube elastomers are available, offering superior
chemical, aging and temperature resistance from -30° to +250°F 1 ARCH 2 ARCH
(Max 250°F for intermittent service) operating temperatures. Style WA451 & 451 Style 452
3 ARCH 4 ARCH
Style 453 Style 454
12" diameter 3 arch 453 expansion joints in cooling tower,

5 ARCH 6 ARCH
Style 455 Style 456
high movement seismic application in California

BU LL E T I N 45 0- M R 2 - 5
Series 450 Optional Resilient Design Cover Thickness 0.10"
1 ARCH Coating of Arch
Hypalon® Paint
Flanges Integral
with Body
Design Tube Thickness 0.20"

Fabric and Tire Cord
Overall
Flange
Thickness
I.D. Same
as Pipe Size Face
to
Face
O.D.
Retaining Rings are Rigid, Baked
Enamel Ductile Iron. Other Materials
or Finishes on Special Order
TYPICAL MULTIPLE
ARCH CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONAL
FILLED ARCH
CONSTRUCTION
Hot Dipped
Galvanized Steel
Body Hoop
Rings
Self Guiding Control

Rod Assemblies May
Be Needed on Multiple
Arch Joints to Balance
Movements and Maintain
Arch Alignment Depending SERIES 450 DRILLING DIMENSIONS ASA CLASS 150 LB
on Diameter, Number of Flange Overall Bolt Bolt
Arches and Operating Outside Flange Circle Number Hole
Pressure Pipe Size Dia. Thickness Dia. of Dia.
SERIES 450 (in) (in) (in) (in) Holes (in)
MATERIAL AVAILABILITY 11/2 5 3/4 37/8 4 5/8
& OPERATING TEMPERATURES 2 6 13/16 43/4 4 3/4
Max. 21/2 7 13/16 51/2 4 3/4

Standard Materials
Series Oper. 3 71/2 13/16 6 4 3/4
450 Tube Cover Temp. 4 9 7/8 71/2 8 3/4
B Butyl Butyl 225°F* 5 10 7/8 81/2 8 7/8
E EPDM EPDM 225°F* 6 11 7/8 91/2 8 7/8
H Hypalon® Hypalon® 225°F 8 131/2 7/8 113/4 8 7/8
HN Hypalon® Neoprene 225°F 10 16 7/8 141/4 12 7/8
N Neoprene Neoprene 225°F 12 19 7/8 17 12 7/8
NH Neoprene Hypalon® 225°F 14 21 1 183/4 12 11/8
Ni Nitrile Nitrile 210°F 16 231/2 1 211/4 16 11/8
NiN Nitrile Neoprene 210°F 18 25 1 223/4 16 11/4
NR Neoprene Natural 180°F 20 271/2 1 25 20 11/4
R Natural Natural 180°F 24 32 1 291/2 20 13/8
RN Natural Neoprene 180°F 30 383/4 1 36 28 13/8
V Viton® Viton® 225°F 36 46 11/4 423/4 32 15/8
*
ax 250°F for intermittent service; see Note 2 under
M
‘CAUTION’ on page 9•89.

BUL L E T I N 4 5 0 -M R2- 5
1 ARCH STYLE WA451 ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS
Style WA451 & 451 Face to Axial Axial Lateral Degrees Degrees
Pipe Face Compression Extension Deflection Angular Torsional
Size (in) (in) (in) (in) (deg) (deg)
11/2 6 2 11/8 11/8 55 8
2 6 2 11/8 11/8 43 7
21/2 6 2 11/8 11/8 35 7
3 6 2 11/8 11/8 29 6
4 6 2 11/8 11/8 26 6
VACUUM RATINGS 5 6 2 11/8 11/8 21 5
Vacuum 6 6 2 11/8 11/8 18 5
Size Ratings
(in) (Hg) 8 6 2 11/8 11/8 13 4
11/2 - 12 29" 10 8 21/4 11/4 11/4 20 4
14 - 36 15" 12 8 21/4 11/4 11/4 16 4
TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RATINGS STYLE 451 ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS

Max. Pressure Max. Temp. Face to Axial Axial Lateral Degrees Degrees
Standard (psig @ °F) (psig @ °F) Pipe Face Compression Extension Deflection Angular Torsional
Materials (psig) (deg) (psig) (deg) Size (in) (in) (in) (in) (degrees) (degrees)
Natural Rubber 250 ≤150°F 225 180°F 14 8 21/8 1 11/4 10 3
Chlorobutyl 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 16 8 21/8 1 11/4 8 3
Neoprene 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
18 8 21/8 1 11/4 7 3
Hypalon® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
20 8 21/8 1 11/4 7 3
Nitrile (Buna) 250 ≤150°F 200 210°F
24 10 25/8 11/4 11/2 7 3
EPDM 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
Viton® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 30 10 25/8 11/4 11/2 5 3
36 10 25/8 11/4 11/2 4 2
2 ARCH STYLE 452 ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS

Style 452 Face to Axial Axial Lateral Degrees Degrees
11/2 10 31/2 13/4 2 73 14
VACUUM RATINGS 2 10 31/2 13/4 2 66 14
Vacuum 21/2 10 31/2 13/4 2 59 12
Size Ratings
3 10 31/2 13/4 2 54 11
(in) (Hg)
11/2 - 12 15" 4 10 31/2 13/4 2 45 9
14 - 36 10" 5 10 31/2 13/4 2 38 9
6 10 31/2 13/4 2 33 8
8 10 31/2 13/4 2 25 6
TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RATINGS
Max. Pressure Max. Temp. 10 12 31/2 13/4 2 21 6
Standard (psig @ °F) (psig @ °F) 12 12 31/2 13/4 2 17 5
Materials (psig) (deg) (psig) (deg)
14 12 43/8 21/8 21/2 19 5
Natural Rubber 250 ≤150°F 225 180°F
16 12 43/8 21/8 21/2 16 5
Chlorobutyl 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
18 12 43/8 21/8 21/2 15 5
Neoprene 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
Hypalon® 20 12 43/8 21/8 21/2 13 5
250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
Nitrile (Buna) 250 ≤150°F 200 210°F 24 15 51/4 21/2 3 13 4
EPDM 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 30 15 51/4 21/2 3 11 4
Viton® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 36 15 51/4 21/2 3 9 3
NOTE: Drilling Dimensions for all sizes are on page 9•85.

BU LL E T I N 45 0- M R 2 - 5
3 ARCH
Style 453
STYLE 453 ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS
Face to Axial Axial Lateral Degrees Degrees
11/2 14 51/4 25/8 3 81 21
VACUUM RATINGS 2 14 51/4 25/8 3 76 20
Vacuum 21/2 14 51/4 25/8 3 70 18
Size Ratings
(in) (Hg) 3 14 51/4 25/8 3 66 16
11/2 - 12 15" 4 14 51/4 25/8 3 57 13
14 - 36 10" 5 14 51/4 25/8 3 50 13
6 14 51/4 25/8 3 45 12
TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RATINGS 8 14 51/4 25/8 3 36 10
14 16 61/2 31/4 35/8 27 8
16 16 61/2 31/4 35/8 24 7
18 16 61/2 31/4 35/8 22 7
Neoprene 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
Hypalon® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 20 16 61/2 31/4 35/8 20 7
Nitrile (Buna) 250 ≤150°F 200 210°F 24 20 77/8 37/8 41/2 20 6
EPDM 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 30 20 77/8 37/8 41/2 16 6
Viton® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 36 20 77/8 37/8 41/2 13 5
4 ARCH
Style 454
11/2 18 7 31/2 4 86 26
VACUUM RATINGS 2 18 7 31/2 4 81 26
Vacuum 21/2 18 7 31/2 4 77 22
Size Ratings
3 18 7 31/2 4 73 20
(in) (Hg)
11/2 - 12 15" 4 18 7 31/2 4 66 16
14 - 36 10" 5 18 7 31/2 4 59 17
6 18 7 31/2 4 54 15
8 18 7 31/2 4 45 12
Max. Pressure Max. Temp. 10 20 7 31/2 4 38 11
Standard (psig @ °F) (psig @ °F) 12 20 7 31/2 4 33 9
14 20 83/4 41/4 5 35 10
16 20 83/4 41/4 5 31 9
18 20 83/4 41/4 5 28 9
Neoprene 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
Hypalon® 20 20 83/4 41/4 5 25 9
250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
Nitrile (Buna) 250 ≤150°F 200 210°F 24 26 101/2 5 6 25 8
EPDM 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 30 26 101/2 5 6 21 7
Viton® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 36 26 101/2 5 6 17 6

BUL L E T I N 4 5 0 -M R2- 5
5 ARCH
Style 455
11/2 21 83/4 43/8 5 88 33
VACUUM RATINGS 2 21 83/4 43/8 5 85 32
Vacuum 21/2 21 83/4 43/8 5 81 28
Size Ratings
(in) (Hg) 3 21 83/4 43/8 5 78 25
11/2 - 12 10" 4 21 83/4 43/8 5 71 20
14 - 36 5" 5 21 83/4 43/8 5 66 21
6 21 83/4 43/8 5 60 19
TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RATINGS 8 21 83/4 43/8 5 52 15

14 24 107/8 5 61/8 41 12
16 24 107/8 5 61/8 37 11
18 24 107/8 5 61/8 34 11
Neoprene 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
Hypalon® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 20 24 107/8 5 61/8 31 11
Nitrile (Buna) 250 ≤150°F 200 210°F 24 31 131/8 61/4 73/8 31 9
EPDM 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 30 31 131/8 61/4 73/8 25 9
Viton® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 36 31 131/8 61/4 73/8 22 8
6 ARCH
Style 456

11/2 24 101/2 51/8 6 90 41
VACUUM RATINGS 2 24 101/2 51/8 6 87 40
Vacuum 21/2 24 101/2 51/8 6 84 34
Size Ratings
3 24 101/2 51/8 6 81 32
(in) (Hg)
4 24 101/2 51/8 6 76 25
11/2 - 12 10"
14 - 36 5" 5 24 101/2 51/8 6 70 26
6 24 101/2 51/8 6 66 23
8 24 101/2 51/8 6 57 19
10 28 101/2 51/8 6 50 18
Max. Pressure Max. Temp.
Materials (psig) (deg) (psig) (deg) 14 28 13 63/8 73/8 47 15
Natural Rubber 250 ≤150°F 225 180°F 16 28 13 63/8 73/8 43 13
18 28 13 63/8 73/8 39 14
Neoprene 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
20 28 13 63/8 73/8 36 14
Hypalon® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F
Nitrile (Buna) 250 ≤150°F 200 210°F 24 36 153/4 71/2 83/4 36 12
EPDM 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 30 36 153/4 71/2 83/4 30 11
Viton® 250 ≤150°F 180 225°F 36 36 153/4 71/2 83/4 25 10
See note on page 9•85 on “Self Guiding Control Rods”.


BU LL E T I N 45 0- M R 2 - 5
CAUTION
1. Do not install any of the products in this bulletin at do not have full bearing, the expansion joint will be
pressures or temperatures higher than the published damaged and leak or fail.
ratings. 4. Initial misalignment should be kept to a minimum of 1/8".
2. 450 Butyl, EPDM & Viton® connectors are recommended 5. Pipe system flanges must be smooth and flat. Screw
for intermittent (10 minute maximum exposure per hour) in brass inserts such as those used in check valves can
250°F. service or continuous service at a maximum of damage the rubber faces if they project above the cast
225°F. Use Mercer series 500, 600, HT500 or HT600 as flange face.
described in bulletin 500-MR7 (pages 9•90 - 9•97) for
6. Water type check valves must exactly center on the rubber
continuous temperatures of 230°F and higher.
flanges. Valve O.D. and I.D. should be checked for
3. Series 450 must be installed against standard 1/16" raised conformance with raised face dimensions
faced or flat faced flanges. Do not install them against
7. Check Chemical Resistance Guide CRG-MR1 (pages 9•59 -
recessed flanges such as Victaulic without calling the
9•68) for service elastomer compatibility.
factory for proper steel filler flanges. If our rubber flanges
CONTROL RODS SERIES 450 CONTROL ROD CALCULATIONS
Expansion Joints installed in piping Gusset Joint Maximum Operation

Pressure (psig) for Specified
systems that are anchored on both Pipe Arch Thick- Rod Thrust
Number of Rods
Size Height ness Dia. Area
sides of connectors need no control (in) (in) (in) (in) (sq. in) 2 3 4 5 6
rods, providing piping movements 11/2 1 1/4 1/2 10 250 — — — —
are within the tabulated allowables. 2 1 3/8 5/8 13 250 — — — —
Expansion joints installed in unanchored 21/2 1 3/8 5/8 16 250 — — — —
piping or connected to isolated equipment 3 1 3/8 5/8 20 250 — — — —
must have control rods; those control rods must be properly 4 1 3/8 5/8 28 250 — — — —
5 1 3/8 5/8 38 250 — — — —
set so that allowable movements are not exceeded.
6 1 1/2 5/8 50 250 — — — —
The number of control rods is determined by the maximum 8 1 1/2 3/4 79 250 — — — —
working pressure of the pipeline, not the maximum pressure 10 1 3/4 7/8 113 250 — — — —
rating of the joint. Use the convenient chart to the right to 12 1 3/4 1 154 240 250 — — —
specify. Control rods are designed for a 3:1 safety factor as is; 14 11/4 3/4 1 214 174 250 — — —
16 11/4 3/4 11/8 269 175 250 — — —
please use accordingly. For example, if a 24" 452 joint is
18 11/4 3/4 11/8 330 143 211 250 — —
installed in a pipeline with a maximum pressure of 120 psig, 20 11/4 3/4 11/8 398 117 175 234 250 —
3 control rods are required. If the maximum pressure of the 24 11/2 1 11/4 573 100 150 201 250 —
pipeline is 220 psig, 5 control rods are required. 30 11/2 11/4 11/2 855 97 145 193 242 250
36 11/2 11/2 13/4 1195 94 141 188 236 250

BUL L E T I N 5 0 0 -M R7 - 4 .2
HEAVY DUTY 500, HT500,

EXPANSION JOINTS 600 & HT600
COMPLETELY VERSATILE HAND-BUILT
HEAVY DUTY EXPANSION JOINTS
• Pressures, vacuum ratings and temperature
tolerance as detailed inside
• High temperature resistant fabric reinforcement
for operating temperatures up to 400°F
• Components are pressure cured, resulting in
additional protection against ozone weathering
and chemical exposure
• Sizes range 11/2" to 144" diameter Uncured rubber is used to fill the voids between the spiraled
• Manufactured in one to four arches or more wire or steel rings. A minimum of two additional plies provide
in standard or longer lengths as required protection to the carcass and the cover rubber layer is a
minimum of 1/8". All of the layered reinforcement and cover
• Choice of eight liner elastomers materials are carried through the full faced flanges.
• Choice of cover to match liner materials or different Flanges are brought to thickness by heavy duty clamps that
materials for superior resistance to external conditions close the steel flange forms. The body is pressure wrapped
• Baked Enamel, Galvanized Ductile Iron, Carbon or Stainless by layers of nylon tape. The joint is cured in a pressurized
Steel Split Backup Rings thermostatically controlled steam chamber or in an oven for
optimum performance.
• 150 lb ASA drilling is standard. Other drillings or complete-
ly customized drillings as required. Opposite flanges can After the wraps and forms are removed, the final product is
have different drillings to serve as transition pieces a tough homogeneous expansion joint customized to safely
handle the intended service. A variety of tube, cover and carcass
• Reinforcement–Spiral steel wire or solid rings elastomers are available and selected to provide superior
• Hand-built to your exact specifications chemical and aging resistance in temperatures ranging from
-30° to 250°F (See Bulletin CRG-MR1).
• Can be built with permanent offset to compensate for
existing or designed piping misalignment SERIES HT500
The Invincible HT500 has all the construction features of the 500
SERIES 500
combined with High Temperature capability. DuPont™ Kevlar® or
The Invincible 500 is our most rugged expansion joint. They other heat resistant fabrics replace the polyester or nylon. The
are all hand-built by our skilled craftsmen. The 1/4" minimum tube and cover are either EPDM or Viton® for full pressure ser-
thickness solid elastomer tube is continuous with the flange vice up to 350°F and 400°F respectively.
face. Multiple plies of rubber impregnated high strength SERIES 600
polyester or nylon tire cord form the first pressure reinforcement
The Invincible 600 has a built in solid steel ring locked in place
over the tube. Arch swell in response to pressure and arch
by reinforcement materials at the arch crown. This enables the
migration are virtually eliminated by criss-crossed layers of
600 to handle vacuum conditions in excess of those listed for the
reinforcement that pass over the arch and around steel or
500 in multiple arch joints.
ductile iron rings embedded on both sides at the base of the
arch. Body swell is controlled by high strength fabric or spiral SERIES HT600
steel wire. Large diameter joints are often built with steel rings The Invincible HT600 has all the construction features of the 600
in place of the wire when in addition to internal pressure, combined with High Temperature capability. DuPont™ Kevlar® or
external pressure resistance is important. External pressure other heat resistant fabrics replace the polyester or nylon. The
may come from deep burial, shallow embankment under tube and cover are either EPDM or Viton® for full vacuum service
roadways or joints inside tanks. up to 350°F and 400°F respectively.

BU LLE T I N 5 00- M R 7- 4. 2
BACKUP RINGS CUSTOM DESIGNS
Standard expansion joints are furnished with ASA-150 backup Published dimensional data is for “Standard” joints. However,
rings. Series ASA-300, DIN, PN, JIS and British Standards are also about 50% of Mercer business consists of building custom joints
available, but sometimes at higher cost. Check factory for pricing. such as:
FILLED ARCHES
All of the styles are available with filled arch construction for
use with heavy slurries. The continuous liner prevents material
build-up in the arch. Filled arch joints have 50% of open arch
OFFSET JOINTS UNPARALLEL
movements.
FACES
DIN
ASA ASA PN
300 150 JIS
British
MISMATCHED OVERSEAS
FLANGES FLANGES
Mercer can custom design

joints for most special
requirements.
LONGER OR SHORTER
FACE TO FACE
SPRING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT & ANCHORED PIPING APPLICATIONS

OTHER UNANCHORED APPLICATIONS
Series 500, HT500, 600 & HT600 expansion joints used to
Series 500, HT500, 600 & HT600 expansion joints used as noise compensate for thermal movement in properly anchored &
& vibration dampeners installed in unanchored piping will guided piping systems generally do not require control rods,
overextend in response to system pressure & must be installed provided piping movements are within the allowables shown
with control rod assemblies. on pages 9•93 - 9•96.
Adjust the spring mountings so the equipment is at proper If, as an added precaution, designers elect to use control rods
elevation and level. Leave a space between pipe flanges equal in anchored systems, the expansion joint should be installed
to the expansion joint’s face to face length shown on pages at its exact published face to face length. When control rod
9•93 - 9•96. Install expansion joint and control rod assemblies. assemblies are installed, the stop nuts should be backed
Control rod stop nuts should be finger tight against gusset away from the gusset plate a distance equal to the allowable
plate. Lock in position with lock nut. Control rod assemblies will extension of the joint (See tables, pages 9•93 - 9•96). This will
prevent extension of expansion joint & will not allow transfer of prevent overextension of the joint. Compression sleeves should
thrust load to spring supports of equipment and/or piping. also be employed. The compression sleeves are cut at the
factory to the proper length to prevent over compression.
Installed Exact at Control Rod Stop Nut Installed Exact

Published Face to Face Finger Tight Against Compression at Published
Gusset Plate Sleeves Face to Face Axial Extension
(See Pages 9•93 - 9•96)
Gusset
Plate Control Rod Gusset
Assembly Plate Control Rod
Assembly
Anchor Anchor
Rubber Washer Rubber Washer

& Steel Washer & Steel Washer

BUL L E T I N 5 0 0 -M R7 - 4 .2
Series 500, HT500,
Resilient Arch
600 & HT600 Optional
Coating of Flanges Integral
Hypalon® Paint with Body

Wire or Other Radial
Reinforcement
Smooth
Leak Proof
Tube Rubber Filler Between Rings or Wire
Steel Ring Arch Carcass Made of Multiple Plies

Anchors of Tough, Rubber Impregnated
Fabric or Tire Cord
Overall Flange
Thickness
I.D. Same
as Pipe Size Face
to
Face
O.D.
Steel or Ductile
Split Backup Ring
Steel or Ductile Multiple Layered 1/8" Cover Reinforcement Layers Wrap SERIES 500 & 600
Split Backup Reinforcement Around Steel Arch Rings MATERIAL AVAILABILITY
Ring Providing Minimum of 3
Additional Layers Over Arch & OPERATING TEMPERATURES
Series Standard Materials Max.
500 & Oper.
E EPDM EPDM 250°F
NH Neoprene Hypalon 225°F
Ni Nitrile Nitrile 210°F
NR Neoprene Natural 180°F
Rubber Filler Steel Ring RN Natural Neoprene 180°F
Between Wire 1/4" Tube Arch Anchors Wire Reinforcement
V Viton® Viton® 250°F
SERIES HT500 & HT600

30 Durometer Filler Series High Temperature Max.
HT500 & Material Oper.
HT600 Cover Temp.
K-E EPDM 350°F
K-V Viton® 400°F
TYPICAL MULTIPLE OPTIONAL FILLED

ARCH CONSTRUCTION ARCH CONSTRUCTION

BU LLE T I N 5 00- M R 7- 4. 2
1 ARCH CAUTION
STYLE 501 & HT501 1. Do not install any of the products in this bulletin at pressures or
temperatures higher than the published ratings.
2.
Series 500, HT500, 600 and HT600 must be installed against
standard 1/16" raised faced or flat faced flanges. Do not install
them against recessed flanges such as Victaulic without calling
the factory for proper steel filler flanges. If our rubber flanges do
not have full bearing, the expansion joint will be damaged and
leak or fail.
3.
Pipe system flanges must be smooth and flat. Screw-in brass
inserts such as those used in check valves can damage the rubber
faces if they project above the cast flange face.
4. Water-type check valves must exactly center on the rubber flanges.
Valve O.D. and I.D. must conform to raised face dimensions.
5. Use control rods as listed on page 9•91.
6. Check Chemical Resistance Guide CRG-MR1 (page 9•59) for service
elastomer compatibility.
7. Follow installation instructions on page 9•97.
STYLE 501 & HT501 OPEN ARCH DIMENSIONS, ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS* & PRESSURES†
Allowable Movements Rated Minimum
Flange Face Overall Flange Bolt Bolt
Pipe Outside to Circle No. Hole Axial Axial Lateral Degrees Degrees Working Burst Vacuum
Thickness (in)
Size Dia. Face Dia. of Dia. Compression Extension Deflection Angular Torsional Pressure† Pressure† Rating
(in) (in) (in) Steel Ductile (in) Holes (in) (in) (in) (in) (degrees) (degrees) (psig) (psig) (in Hg)
11/2 5 6 7/8 1 37/8 4 5/8 3/4 1/2 1/2 18.5 3 250 750 30
2 6 6 7/8 1 43/4 4 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 14.5 3 250 750 30
21/2 7 6 7/8 1 51/2 4 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 11.5 3 250 750 30
3 71/2 6 7/8 1 6 4 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 10.0 3 250 750 30
4 9 6 7/8 1 71/2 8 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 7.5 3 250 750 30
5 10 6 7/8 1 81/2 8 7/8 3/4 1/2 1/2 6.0 3 250 750 30
6 11 6 7/8 1 91/2 8 7/8 3/4 1/2 1/2 5.5 3 250 750 30
8 131/2 6 7/8 1 113/4 8 7/8 3/4 1/2 1/2 5.0 3 250 750 30
10 16 8 1 11/8 141/4 12 1 1 5/8 5/8 4.5 3 250 750 30
12 19 8 1 11/8 17 12 1 1 5/8 5/8 3.8 3 250 750 30
14 21 8 1 11/8 183/4 12 11/8 1 5/8 5/8 3.3 2 250 750 30
16 231/2 8 1 11/8 211/4 16 11/8 1 5/8 5/8 2.8 2 250 750 30
18 25 8 11/8 11/4 223/4 16 11/4 1 5/8 5/8 2.5 1 250 750 30
20 271/2 8 11/8 11/4 25 20 11/4 1 5/8 5/8 2.5 1 250 750 30
22 291/2 10 11/8 11/4 271/4 20 13/8 11/4 3/4 5/8 2.3 1 250 750 30
24 32 10 11/8 11/4 291/2 20 13/8 11/4 3/4 5/8 2.0 1 250 750 30
26 341/4 10 11/8 11/4 313/4 24 13/8 11/4 3/4 5/8 2.0 1 250 750 30
28 361/2 10 11/8 11/4 34 28 13/8 11/4 3/4 5/8 2.0 1 250 750 30
30 383/4 10 11/8 11/4 36 28 13/8 11/4 3/4 5/8 2.0 1 250 750 30
34 433/4 10 11/8 11/4 401/2 32 15/8 11/4 3/4 5/8 1.8 1 250 750 30
36 46 10 11/8 11/4 423/4 32 15/8 11/4 3/4 5/8 1.5 1 250 750 30
40 503/4 10 11/8 11/4 471/4 36 15/8 11/4 3/4 5/8 1.5 1 175 525 30
42 53 12 11/8 11/4 491/2 36 15/8 11/2 7/8 3/4 1.5 1 175 525 30
44 551/4 12 11/8 11/4 513/4 40 15/8 11/2 7/8 3/4 1.5 1 175 525 30
48 591/2 12 11/8 11/4 56 44 15/8 11/2 7/8 3/4 1.5 1 175 525 30
50 613/4 12 11/8 11/4 581/4 44 17/8 11/2 7/8 3/4 1.3 1 150 450 30
54 661/4 12 11/8 11/4 623/4 44 17/8 11/2 7/8 3/4 1.3 1 150 450 30
56 683/4 12 11/8 11/4 65 48 17/8 11/2 7/8 3/4 1.3 1 100 300 30
60 73 12 11/8 11/4 691/4 52 2 11/2 7/8 3/4 1.0 1 100 300 30
62 753/4 12 11/8 11/4 713/4 52 2 11/2 7/8 3/4 1.0 1 100 300 30
66 80 12 11/8 11/4 76 52 2 11/2 7/8 3/4 1.0 1 100 300 30
72 861/2 12 11/8 11/4 821/2 60 2 11/2 7/8 3/4 0.9 1 100 300 30
78 93 12 11/8 11/4 883/4 60 21/8 11/2 7/8 3/4 0.9 1 100 300 30
84 993/4 12 11/8 11/4 951/2 64 21/8 11/2 7/8 3/4 0.8 1 100 300 30
90 1061/2 12 11/8 11/4 1021/4 68 21/4 11/2 7/8 3/4 0.8 1 75 225 30
96 1131/4 12 11/8 11/4 1081/2 68 21/2 11/2 7/8 3/4 0.7 1 75 225 30
98 1151/2 12 11/4 13/8 1103/4 68 21/2 21/4 1 11/8 0.6 1 50 150 30
100 1173/4 12 11/4 13/8 113 68 21/2 21/4 1 11/8 0.6 1 35 105 30
102 120 12 11/4 13/8 1141/2 72 21/2 21/4 1 11/8 0.6 1 35 105 30
108 1263/4 12 11/4 13/8 1203/4 72 21/2 21/4 1 11/8 0.4 1 35 105 30
120 1401/4 12 11/4 13/8 1323/4 76 21/2 21/4 1 11/8 0.4 1 25 75 30
132 1533/4 12 11/4 13/8 1453/4 80 21/2 21/4 1 11/8 0.3 1 25 75 30
144 1671/4 12 11/4 13/8 1581/4 84 21/2 21/4 1 11/8 0.1 1 25 75 30
* †
Higher pressure joints are special design- Advise factory of requirements.

BUL L E T I N 5 0 0 -M R7 - 4 .2
2 ARCH
STYLE 502 & HT502, 602 & HT602
STYLE 502, HT502, 602 & HT602 OPEN ARCH DIMENSIONS, ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS* & PRESSURES†
Allowable Movements Rated Minimum 502,
Flange Face Overall Flange Bolt Bolt 602,
Pipe Outside to Thickness (in) Circle No. Hole Axial Axial Lateral Degrees Degrees Working Burst HT502 HT602
Size Dia. Face Dia. of Dia. Compression Extension Deflection Angular Torsional Pressure Pressure Vacuum Vacuum
† †
(in) (in) (in) Steel Ductile (in) Holes (in) (in) (in) (in) (degrees) (degrees) (psig) (psig) (in Hg) (in Hg)
11/2 5 10 7/8 1 37/8 4 5/8 11/2 1 1 23.5 5 180 540 30 —
2 6 10 7/8 1 43/4 4 3/4 11/2 1 1 19.5 5 180 540 30 —
21/2 7 10 7/8 1 51/2 4 3/4 11/2 1 1 16.5 5 180 540 30 —
3 71/2 10 7/8 1 6 4 3/4 11/2 1 1 15.5 5 180 540 30 —
4 9 10 7/8 1 71/2 8 3/4 11/2 1 1 12.5 5 180 540 30 —
5 10 10 7/8 1 81/2 8 7/8 11/2 1 1 11.0 5 180 540 30 —
6 11 10 7/8 1 91/2 8 7/8 11/2 1 1 10.5 5 180 540 30 —
8 131/2 10 7/8 1 113/4 8 7/8 11/2 1 1 10.0 5 180 540 30 —
10 16 12 1 11/8 141/4 12 1 2 11/4 11/4 9.5 5 180 540 30 —
12 19 12 1 11/8 17 12 11/8 2 11/4 11/4 8.8 5 180 540 30 —
14 21 12 1 11/8 183/4 12 11/8 2 11/4 11/4 8.3 4 180 540 30 —
16 231/2 12 1 11/8 211/4 16 11/8 2 11/4 11/4 7.8 4 180 540 30 —
18 25 12 11/8 11/4 223/4 16 11/4 2 11/4 11/4 7.5 3 180 540 30 —
20 271/2 12 11/8 11/4 25 20 11/4 2 11/4 11/4 7.5 3 180 540 30 —
22 291/2 14 11/8 11/4 271/4 20 13/8 21/2 11/2 11/4 7.3 3 180 540 30 —
24 32 14 11/8 11/4 291/2 20 13/8 21/2 11/2 11/4 7.0 3 180 540 30 —
26 341/4 14 11/8 11/4 313/4 24 13/8 21/2 11/2 11/4 7.0 3 180 540 30 —
28 361/2 14 11/8 11/4 34 28 13/8 21/2 11/2 11/4 7.0 3 180 540 20 30
30 383/4 14 11/8 11/4 36 28 13/8 21/2 11/2 11/4 7.0 3 180 540 20 30
34 433/4 14 11/8 11/4 401/2 32 15/8 21/2 11/2 11/4 6.8 3 180 540 20 30
36 46 14 11/8 11/4 423/4 32 15/8 21/2 11/2 11/4 6.5 3 180 540 20 30
40 503/4 14 11/8 11/4 471/4 36 15/8 21/2 11/2 11/4 6.5 3 130 390 20 30
42 53 16 11/8 11/4 491/2 36 15/8 3 13/4 11/2 6.5 2 130 390 15 30
44 551/4 16 11/8 11/4 513/4 40 15/8 3 13/4 11/2 6.5 2 130 390 15 30
48 591/2 16 11/8 11/4 56 44 15/8 3 13/4 11/2 6.5 2 130 390 15 30
50 613/4 16 11/8 11/4 581/4 44 17/8 3 13/4 11/2 6.3 2 110 330 15 30
54 661/4 16 11/8 11/4 623/4 44 17/8 3 13/4 11/2 6.3 2 110 330 15 30
56 683/4 16 11/8 11/4 65 48 17/8 3 13/4 11/2 6.3 2 75 225 15 30
60 73 16 11/8 11/4 691/4 52 2 3 13/4 11/2 6.0 2 75 225 15 30
62 753/4 16 11/8 11/4 713/4 52 2 3 13/4 11/2 6.0 2 75 225 15 30
66 80 16 11/8 11/4 76 52 2 3 13/4 11/2 6.0 2 75 225 15 30
72 861/2 16 11/8 11/4 821/2 60 2 3 13/4 11/2 5.9 2 75 225 15 30
78 93 16 11/8 11/4 883/4 60 21/8 3 13/4 11/2 5.9 2 75 225 15 30
84 993/4 16 11/8 11/4 951/2 64 21/8 3 13/4 11/2 5.8 2 75 225 15 30
90 1061/2 16 11/8 11/4 1021/4 68 21/4 3 13/4 11/2 5.8 2 55 165 15 30
96 1131/4 16 11/8 11/4 1081/2 68 21/2 3 13/4 11/2 5.7 2 55 165 15 30
98 1151/2 16 11/4 13/8 1103/4 68 21/2 41/2 2 21/4 5.6 2 35 105 15 30
100 1173/4 16 11/4 13/8 113 68 21/2 41/2 2 21/4 5.6 2 25 75 15 30
102 120 16 11/4 13/8 1141/2 72 21/2 41/2 2 21/4 5.6 2 25 75 15 30
108 1263/4 16 11/4 13/8 1203/4 72 21/2 41/2 2 21/4 5.4 2 25 75 15 30
120 1401/4 16 11/4 13/8 1323/4 76 21/2 41/2 2 21/4 5.4 2 20 60 15 30
132 1533/4 16 11/4 13/8 1453/4 80 21/2 41/2 2 21/4 5.3 2 20 60 15 30
144 1673/4 16 11/4 13/8 1581/4 84 21/2 41/2 2 21/4 5.1 2 20 60 10 30
* †

BU LLE T I N 5 00- M R 7- 4. 2
3 ARCH CAUTION
STYLE 503 & HT503, 603 & HT603 1. Do not install any of the products in this bulletin at pressures or
temperatures higher than the published ratings.
2.
Series 500, HT500, 600 and HT600 must be installed against
standard 1/16" raised faced or flat faced flanges. Do not install
them against recessed flanges such as Victaulic without calling
the factory for proper steel filler flanges. If our rubber flanges
do not have full bearing the expansion joint will be damaged and
leak or fail.
3.
Pipe system flanges must be smooth and flat. Screw-in brass
inserts such as those used in check valves can damage the rubber
faces if they project above the cast flange face.
4. Water-type check valves must exactly center on the rubber flanges.
Valve O.D. and I.D. must conform to raised face dimensions.
5. Use control rods as listed on page 9•91.
6. Check Chemical Resistance Guide CRG-MR1 (page 9•59) for service
elastomer compatibility.
7. Follow installation instructions on page 9•97.
† †
11/2 5 14 7/8 1 37/8 4 5/8 21/4 11/2 11/2 28.5 7 150 450 15 30
2 6 14 7/8 1 43/4 4 3/4 21/4 11/2 11/2 24.5 7 150 450 15 30
21/2 7 14 7/8 1 51/2 4 3/4 21/4 11/2 11/2 21.5 7 150 450 15 30
3 71/2 14 7/8 1 6 4 3/4 21/4 11/2 11/2 19.5 7 150 450 15 30
4 9 14 7/8 1 71/2 8 3/4 21/4 11/2 11/2 17.5 7 150 450 15 30
5 10 14 7/8 1 81/2 8 7/8 21/4 11/2 11/2 16.0 7 150 450 15 30
6 11 14 7/8 1 91/2 8 7/8 21/4 11/2 11/2 15.5 7 150 450 15 30
8 131/2 14 7/8 1 113/4 8 7/8 21/4 11/2 11/2 15.0 7 150 450 15 30
10 16 16 1 11/8 141/4 12 1 3 17/8 17/8 14.9 7 150 450 15 30
12 19 16 1 11/8 17 12 1 3 17/8 17/8 12.8 7 150 450 15 30
14 21 16 1 11/8 183/4 12 11/8 3 17/8 17/8 12.8 6 150 450 15 30
16 231/2 16 1 11/8 211/4 16 11/8 3 17/8 17/8 12.8 6 150 450 15 30
18 25 16 11/8 11/4 223/4 16 11/4 3 17/8 17/8 12.5 5 150 450 15 30
20 271/2 16 11/8 11/4 25 20 11/4 3 17/8 17/8 12.5 5 150 450 15 30
22 291/2 18 11/8 11/4 271/4 20 13/8 33/4 21/4 17/8 12.3 5 150 450 15 30
24 32 18 11/8 11/4 291/2 20 13/8 33/4 21/4 17/8 12.0 5 150 450 15 30
26 341/4 18 11/8 11/4 313/4 24 13/8 33/4 21/4 17/8 12.0 5 150 450 15 30
28 361/2 18 11/8 11/4 34 28 13/8 33/4 21/4 17/8 12.0 5 150 450 10 30
30 383/4 18 11/8 11/4 36 28 13/8 33/4 21/4 17/8 12.0 5 150 450 10 30
34 433/4 18 11/8 11/4 401/2 32 15/8 33/4 21/4 17/8 11.8 5 150 450 10 30
36 46 18 11/8 11/4 423/4 32 15/8 33/4 21/4 17/8 11.5 5 150 450 10 30
40 503/4 18 11/8 11/4 471/4 36 15/8 33/4 21/4 17/8 11.5 5 105 315 10 30
42 53 20 11/8 11/4 491/2 36 15/8 41/2 25/8 21/4 11.5 4 105 315 10 30
44 551/4 20 11/8 11/4 513/4 40 15/8 41/2 25/8 21/4 11.5 4 105 315 10 30
48 591/2 20 11/8 11/4 56 44 15/8 41/2 25/8 21/4 11.5 4 105 315 10 30
50 613/4 20 11/8 11/4 581/4 44 17/8 41/2 25/8 21/4 11.3 4 90 270 10 30
54 661/4 20 11/8 11/4 623/4 44 17/8 41/2 25/8 21/4 11.3 4 90 270 10 30
56 683/4 20 11/8 11/4 65 48 17/8 41/2 25/8 21/4 11.3 4 60 180 10 30
60 73 20 11/8 11/4 691/4 52 2 41/2 25/8 21/4 11.0 4 60 180 10 30
62 753/4 20 11/8 11/4 713/4 52 2 41/2 25/8 21/4 11.0 4 60 180 10 30
66 80 20 11/8 11/4 76 52 2 41/2 25/8 21/4 11.0 4 60 180 10 30
72 861/2 20 11/8 11/4 821/2 60 2 41/2 25/8 21/4 10.9 4 60 180 10 30
78 93 20 11/8 11/4 883/4 60 21/8 41/2 25/8 21/4 10.9 4 60 180 10 30
84 993/4 20 11/8 11/4 951/2 64 21/8 41/2 25/8 21/4 10.8 4 60 180 10 30
90 1061/2 20 11/8 11/4 1021/4 68 21/4 41/2 25/8 21/4 10.8 4 45 135 10 30
96 1131/4 20 11/8 11/4 1081/2 68 21/2 41/2 25/8 21/4 10.7 4 45 135 10 30
98 1151/2 20 11/4 13/8 1103/4 68 21/2 63/4 3 33/8 10.6 3 30 90 10 30
100 1173/4 20 11/4 13/8 113 68 21/2 63/4 3 33/8 10.6 3 30 90 10 30
102 120 20 11/4 13/8 1141/2 72 21/2 63/4 3 33/8 10.6 3 30 90 10 30
108 1263/4 20 11/4 13/8 1203/4 72 21/2 63/4 3 33/8 10.4 3 25 75 10 30
120 1401/4 20 11/4 13/8 1323/4 76 21/2 63/4 3 33/8 10.4 3 25 75 10 30
132 1533/4 20 11/4 13/8 1453/4 80 21/2 63/4 3 33/8 10.3 3 25 75 10 30
144 1673/4 20 11/4 13/8 1581/4 84 21/2 63/4 3 33/8 10.1 3 25 75 8 30
* †

BUL L E T I N 5 0 0 -M R7 - 4 .2
4 ARCH
STYLE 504 & HT504, 604 & HT604
† †
11/2 5 18 7/8 1 37/8 4 5/8 3 2 2 33.5 8 150 450 15 30
2 6 18 7/8 1 43/4 4 3/4 3 2 2 29.5 8 150 450 15 30
21/2 7 18 7/8 1 51/2 4 3/4 3 2 2 26.5 8 150 450 15 30
3 71/2 18 7/8 1 6 4 3/4 3 2 2 24.5 8 150 450 15 30
4 9 18 7/8 1 71/2 8 3/4 3 2 2 22.5 8 150 450 15 30
5 10 18 7/8 1 81/2 8 7/8 3 2 2 21.0 8 150 450 15 30
6 11 18 7/8 1 91/2 8 7/8 3 2 2 20.5 8 150 450 15 30
8 131/2 18 7/8 1 113/4 8 7/8 3 2 2 20.0 8 150 450 15 30
10 16 20 1 11/8 141/4 12 1 4 21/2 21/2 19.9 8 150 450 15 30
12 19 20 1 11/8 17 12 1 4 21/2 21/2 17.8 8 150 450 15 30
14 21 20 1 11/8 183/4 12 11/8 4 3 21/2 17.8 7 150 450 15 30
16 231/2 20 1 11/8 211/4 16 11/8 4 3 21/2 17.8 7 150 450 15 30
18 25 20 11/8 11/4 223/4 16 11/4 4 3 21/2 17.5 6 150 450 15 30
20 271/2 20 11/8 11/4 25 20 11/4 4 3 21/2 17.5 6 150 450 15 30
22 291/2 22 11/8 11/4 271/4 20 13/8 5 3 21/2 17.3 6 150 450 15 30
24 32 22 11/8 11/4 291/2 20 13/8 5 3 21/2 17.0 6 150 450 15 30
26 341/4 22 11/8 11/4 313/4 24 13/8 5 3 21/2 17.0 6 150 450 15 30
28 361/2 22 11/8 11/4 34 28 13/8 5 3 21/2 17.0 6 150 450 10 30
30 383/4 22 11/8 11/4 36 28 13/8 5 31/2 3 17.0 6 150 450 10 30
34 433/4 22 11/8 11/4 401/2 32 15/8 5 31/2 3 16.8 6 150 450 10 30
36 46 22 11/8 11/4 423/4 32 15/8 5 31/2 3 16.5 6 150 450 10 30
40 503/4 22 11/8 11/4 471/4 36 15/8 5 31/2 3 16.5 6 105 315 10 30
42 53 24 11/8 11/4 491/2 36 15/8 6 31/2 3 16.5 5 105 315 10 30
44 551/4 24 11/8 11/4 513/4 40 15/8 6 31/2 3 16.5 5 105 315 10 30
48 591/2 24 11/8 11/4 56 44 15/8 6 31/2 3 16.5 5 105 315 10 30
50 613/4 24 11/8 11/4 581/4 44 17/8 6 31/2 3 16.3 5 90 270 10 30
54 661/4 24 11/8 11/4 623/4 44 17/8 6 31/2 3 16.3 5 90 270 10 30
56 683/4 24 11/8 11/4 65 48 17/8 6 31/2 3 16.3 5 60 180 10 30
60 73 24 11/8 11/4 691/4 52 2 6 31/2 3 16.0 5 60 180 10 30
62 753/4 24 11/8 11/4 713/4 52 2 6 31/2 3 16.0 5 60 180 10 30
66 80 24 11/8 11/4 76 52 2 6 31/2 3 16.0 5 60 180 10 30
72 861/2 24 11/8 11/4 821/2 60 2 6 31/2 3 15.9 5 60 180 10 30
78 93 24 11/8 11/4 883/4 60 21/8 6 31/2 3 15.9 5 60 180 10 30
84 993/4 24 11/8 11/4 951/2 64 21/8 6 31/2 3 15.8 5 60 180 10 30
90 1061/2 24 11/8 11/4 1021/4 68 21/4 6 31/2 3 15.8 5 45 135 10 30
96 1131/4 24 11/8 11/4 1081/2 68 21/4 6 31/2 3 15.7 5 45 135 10 30
98 1151/2 24 11/4 13/8 1103/4 68 21/2 9 4 41/2 15.6 4 30 90 10 30
100 1173/4 24 11/4 13/8 113 68 21/2 9 4 41/2 15.6 4 30 90 10 30
102 120 24 11/4 13/8 1141/2 72 21/2 9 4 41/2 15.6 4 30 90 10 30
108 1263/4 24 11/4 13/8 1203/4 72 21/2 9 4 41/2 15.4 4 25 75 10 30
120 1401/4 24 11/4 13/8 1323/4 76 21/2 9 4 41/2 15.4 4 25 75 10 30
132 1533/4 24 11/4 13/8 1453/4 80 21/2 9 4 41/2 15.3 4 25 75 10 30
144 1673/4 24 11/4 13/8 1581/4 84 21/2 9 4 41/2 15.1 4 25 75 8 30
* †

BU LLE T I N 5 00- M R 7- 4. 2
Installation Instructions - 500, HT500, 600 & HT600
a. Do not weld in vicinity of expansion joint. the flange bolts and retighten as necessary. Repeat in a
few weeks or if leaks develop. It is normal for rubber flang-
b. Do not lift expansion joint by bolt holes; use padded
es to relax after initial installation. Check periodically until
sling.
bolts remain tight.
c. Never operate joint beyond its rated temperature,
9. Any gouges or cuts in the cover caused during installation
pressure or movements (see pages 9•93 - 9•96).
should be inspected and sealed.
d. Mating flanges must be flat or raised face. Do not
10. If control rods are used, the clearance between the
mate with contoured flanges such as victaulic or
rubber washer and the gusset plate should be the
similar configurations.
allowable axial elongation, if the expansion joint is installed
1. All pipelines must be properly supported, anchored and joint is compressed, the gap is increased by the decrease
guided so joints do not carry pipe or thrust loads. in length. If installed elongated, the gap is decreased by
2. If piping is not anchored, control units must be used.
rod plate and the washers against the nut on the other

EXAMPLES
to face openings will reduce the allowable motion by the 1. 6" - 500 is installed at published 6" face to face
initial inaccuracy. Joints are often damaged if forced into dimension.
position. Set control rod gap to 1/2".
5.
Apply a thin film of graphite, dispersed in glycerin or 2. 6" - 500 is installed 53/4" long.
water to the rubber flange face and between the backup Set control rod gap to 1/2" plus 1/4" = 3/4"
ring and the back of the rubber flange, to prevent rubber 3. 6" - 500 is installed 61/4" long.
the joint without damage. No gaskets or gasket sealants
11. If compression sleeves are used, no setting is required as
should be used.
they are furnished to proper length.
6.
Install bolts from the backup ring side to avoid bolt
12. If these instructions are not strictly adhered to, the Mercer
projections cutting the cover. If this is impossible, bolts
One-Year Guarantee is void. Joints should be checked at a
should not project more than 1/8" past the nuts. Use
maximum of one year intervals for signs of cracking and
washers over split ring gaps.
hardening. Expansion joints showing these symptoms
7.

BUL L E T I N F R 5 0 0- M R8
FLANGED CONCENTRIC & Series

ECCENTRIC REDUCING FCR500 &
EXPANSION JOINTS
with SPHERICAL ARCH FER500
FCR501 CONCENTRIC EXPANSION JOINT Expansion joints installed in piping systems must be anchored
on both sides of the joints to avoid the use of control rods. If
Rubber and Duck control rods are installed as a safety measure, the locking nuts
Flanges Integral with must be backed off with a clearance equal to the specified axial
Resilient Body movement. The expansion joint will exert thrust on the anchors.
Arch
To calculate thrust, use the following equation:
Optional Coating Embedded Solid Steel Thrust = (Thrust Area Large End ID) x (Rated Working Pressure)
of Hypalon® Paint Wire or Other Radial
Reinforcement EXAMPLE
For a 12" x 10" FCR/FER500, the Thrust Area 133 in2 multiplied by
Steel Ring the Rated Working Pressure 140 psi equals the Thrust 18,620 lb.
Arch Anchors
133 x 140 = 18,620 lb
Carcass Made of Multiple Plies Expansion joints installed in unanchored piping or connected to
of Tough, Rubber Impregnated isolated equipment must have control rods. Once control rods
Fabric or Tire Cord are installed the joint will no longer act as an expansion joint,
since the pressure will force the joint against the control rod
stops. It will allow for misalignment, transverse and possibly
angular motion. The nuts of the control rods should be threaded
tight to control rod gussets at the published length.
Initial misalignment should be kept to a maximum of 1/8".
Expansion joint flanges must be in contact with a flat surface,
or a maximum 1/16" standard raised face. Depressions or
protrusions typical of vitaulic or similar type flanges must be
covered with a steel spacer flange first. Rubber flanges will
Smooth Steel or Ductile not retain loose elements in valve bodies that rely on contact
Leakproof Split Backup Ring with a steel flange. In these applications, a steel spacer flange
Tube Stainless Steel when must be inserted between the rubber expansion joint and the
Required valve body.
FER501 ECCENTRIC EXPANSION JOINT
Control Rods
when Required
or Ordered
Reducers Come with

Standard ASA-150
Drilling or as Required
Rigid Mating
Flanges
and Flange
Hardware
Supplied by
Others Compression Sleeves
Over Rods when
Required or Ordered

BU LL E T I N FR 5 00- M R 8
150# DRILLING INFORMATION SERIES FCR500 & FER500
Flange
Pipe Outside Bolt Circle Bolt Hole & OPERATING TEMPERATURES
Size Dia. Dia. No. of Dia. Series Max.
(in) (in) (in) Holes (in) Standard Materials*
500 & Oper.
1 41/4 31/8 4 5/8 600 Tube Cover Temp.
11/4 45/8 31/2 4 5/8 B Butyl Butyl 250°F
11/2 5 37/8 4 5/8 E EPDM EPDM 250°F
2 6 43/4 4 3/4 H Hypalon® Hypalon® 225°F
21/2 7 51/2 4 3/4 HN Hypalon® Neoprene 225°F
3 71/2 6 4 3/4 N Neoprene Neoprene 225°F
31/2 81/2 7 8 3/4 NH Neoprene Hypalon 225°F
4 9 71/2 8 3/4 Ni Nitrile Nitrile 210°F
5 10 81/2 8 7/8 NiN Nitrile Neoprene 210°F
6 11 91/2 8 7/8 NR Neoprene Natural 225°F
8 131/2 113/4 8 7/8 R Natural Natural 180°F
10 16 141/4 12 1 RN Natural Neoprene 180°F
12 19 17 12 1 V Viton® Viton® 250°F
14 21 183/4 12 11/4 *
16 231/2 211/4 16 11/4
18 25 223/4 16 11/4 KEVLAR REINFORCED
20 271/2 25 20 11/4 SERIES HTFRC500 & HTFER500
22 291/2 271/4 20 13/8 MATERIAL AVAILABILITY
24 32 291/2 20 13/8 & OPERATING TEMPERATURES
26 341/4 313/4 24 13/8 High Temperature
Series Max.
28 361/2 34 28 13/8 HT500 & Material Oper.
30 383/4 36 28 13/8 HT600 Cover Temp.
32 413/4 381/2 28 15/8 K-E EPDM 350°F
34 433/4 401/2 32 15/8 K-V Viton® 400°F
36 46 423/4 32 15/8
40 503/4 471/4 36 15/8
42 53 491/2 36 15/8
44 551/4 513/4 40 15/8
48 591/2 56 44 15/8
50 613/4 581/4 44 17/8
54 661/4 623/4 44 17/8
56 683/4 65 48 17/8
60 73 691/4 52 2
66 80 76 52 2
72 861/2 821/2 60 2
SERIES FCR500 DIMENSIONS, ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS & PRESSURES (continued)

Dimensions Allowable Movements Pressures
Rated
FER Size Axial Axial Lateral Angular Torsional Working Vacuum Thrust
(Large End x FF Length Compression Extension Deflection Movement Movement Pressure Rating Area**
Small End) Min. (in) Max. (in) (in) (in) (in) (degrees) (degrees) (psig) (in Hg) (in2)
2x1 6 18 7/8 1/2 1/2 14.5 3 170 30 7
2 x 11/4 6 18 7/8 1/2 1/2 14.5 3 170 30 7
2 x 11/2 6 18 7/8 1/2 1/2 14.5 3 170 30 7
3x1 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 13
3 x 11/2 6 18 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 13
3x2 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 13
3 x 21/2 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 13
31/2 x 3 7 18 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 16
4 x 11/2 8 16 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 20
4x2 7 18 1 5/8 5/8 7.5 3 170 30 20
4x3 7 18 1 5/8 5/8 7.5 3 170 30 20
4 x 31/2 7 18 1 5/8 5/8 7.5 3 170 30 20
5x2 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 6.0 3 140 30 28
5 x 21/2 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 6.0 3 140 30 28
5x3 7 18 1 5/8 5/8 6.0 3 140 30 28
5x4 7 18 1 5/8 5/8 6.0 3 140 30 28
6x2 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38
6 x 21/2 12 15 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38
6x3 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38
6x4 7 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38
6x5 7 15 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38

BUL L E T I N F R 5 0 0- M R8
SERIES FCR500 DIMENSIONS, ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS & PRESSURES (continued)
Rated
8x3 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.0 3 140 30 64
8x4 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.0 3 140 30 64
8x5 8 14 1 5/8 5/8 5.0 3 140 30 64
8x6 7 17 1 5/8 5/8 5.0 3 140 30 64
10 x 4 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 4.5 3 140 30 95
10 x 5 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 4.5 3 140 30 95
10 x 6 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 4.5 3 140 30 95
10 x 8 9 16 1 5/8 5/8 4.5 3 140 30 95
12 x 5 9 18 1 5/8 5/8 3.8 3 140 30 133
12 x 6 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 3.8 3 140 30 133
12 x 8 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 3.8 3 140 30 133
12 x 10 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 3.8 3 140 30 133
14 x 8 12 19 13/8 7/8 7/8 3.3 2 90 30 183
14 x 10 9 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 3.3 2 90 30 183
16 x 5 16 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.8 2 70 30 234
16 x 8 13 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.8 2 70 30 234
16 x 10 13 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.8 2 70 30 234
16 x 12 10 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.8 2 70 30 234
16 x 14 10 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.8 2 70 30 234
18 x 6 10 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 291
18 x 10 13 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 291
18 x 12 12 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 291
18 x 14 10 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 291
18 x 16 12 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 291
20 x 12 11 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 354
20 x 14 12 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 354
20 x 16 10 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 354
20 x 18 10 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 354
22 x 20 8 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.3 1 70 30 424
24 x 10 14 24 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
24 x 12 12 24 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
24 x 14 18 24 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
24 x 16 17 30 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
24 x 18 13 25 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
24 x 20 10 18 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
26 x 20 18 19 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 594
28 x 20 12 22 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 779
28 x 24 9 20 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 779
28 x 26 14 18 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 779
30 x 20 12 18 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 779
30 x 24 12 24 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 779
32 x 26 10 18 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 881
32 x 28 10 18 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 881
36 x 20 14 18 15/8 1 1 1.5 1 60 30 1104
36 x 30 10 18 15/8 1 1 1.5 1 60 30 1104
42 x 30 18 24 15/8 1 1 1.5 1 60 30 1485
42 x 36 14 24 15/8 1 1 1.5 1 60 30 1485
42 x 38 12 24 15/8 1 1 1.5 1 60 30 1485
48 x 36 12 16 15/8 1 1 1.3 1 60 30 1924
48 x 40 18 19 15/8 1 1 1.3 1 60 30 1924
48 x 42 15 18 15/8 1 1 1.3 1 60 30 1924
50 x 44 15 18 15/8 1 1 1.3 1 60 30 2083
54 x 36 15 30 15/8 1 1 1.0 1 60 30 2418
54 x 42 18 19 15/8 1 1 1.0 1 60 30 2418
54 x 48 15 28 15/8 1 1 1.0 1 60 30 2418
60 x 48 15 24 15/8 1 1 1.0 1 50 30 2970
72 x 66 15 18 15/8 1 1 1.0 1 45 30 4243
Based on large end ID. All dimensions and movements are in inches, unless specified.
**
For pipe sizes and lengths not mentioned, please contact our Area Sales Representative or our NY Office.

BU LL E T I N FR 5 00- M R 8
SERIES FER500 DIMENSIONS, ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS & PRESSURES
Rated
2 x 11/2 8 18 7/8 1/2 1/2 14.5 3 170 30 7
21/2 x 11/2 8 18 7/8 1/2 1/2 11.5 3 170 30 10
21/2 x 2 8 18 7/8 1/2 1/2 11.5 3 170 30 10
3x1 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 13
3 x 11/2 8 10 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 13
3x2 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 13
3 x 21/2 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 13
4 x 11/2 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 10.0 3 170 30 20
4x2 8 12 1 5/8 5/8 7.5 3 170 30 20
4 x 21/2 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 7.5 3 170 30 20
4x3 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 7.5 3 170 30 20
5x3 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 6.0 3 140 30 28
5x4 8 18 1 5/8 5/8 6.0 3 140 30 28
6x2 14 20 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38
6 x 21/2 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38
6x3 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38
6x4 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38
6x5 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.5 3 140 30 38
8x4 14 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.0 3 140 30 64
8x5 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.0 3 140 30 64
8x6 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 5.0 3 140 30 64
10 x 4 16 24 1 5/8 5/8 4.5 3 140 30 95
10 x 5 14 18 1 5/8 5/8 4.5 3 140 30 95
10 x 6 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 4.5 3 140 30 95
10 x 8 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 4.5 3 140 30 95
12 x 4 16 18 1 5/8 5/8 3.8 3 140 30 133
12 x 6 16 24 1 5/8 5/8 3.8 3 140 30 133
12 x 8 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 3.8 3 140 30 133
12 x 10 10 18 1 5/8 5/8 3.8 3 140 30 133
14 x 8 16 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 3.3 2 90 30 183
14 x 10 10 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 3.3 2 90 30 183
14 x 12 10 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 3.3 2 90 30 183
16 x 8 12 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.8 2 70 30 234
16 x 10 16 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.8 2 70 30 234
16 x 12 12 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.8 2 70 30 234
16 x 14 12 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.8 2 70 30 234
18 x 10 20 25 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 291
18 x 12 20 25 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 291
18 x 14 14 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 291
18 x 16 14 18 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 291
20 x 10 26 30 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 354
20 x 12 26 30 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 354
20 x 14 16 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 354
20 x 16 16 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 354
20 x 18 16 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.5 1 70 30 354
22 x 20 18 24 13/8 7/8 7/8 2.3 1 70 30 424
24 x 10 22 30 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
24 x 14 26 30 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
24 x 16 26 30 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
24 x 18 16 24 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
24 x 20 16 24 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 510
26 x 24 14 18 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 70 30 594
30 x 20 16 24 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 779
30 x 24 16 24 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 779
30 x 28 16 28 15/8 1 1 2.0 1 60 30 779
36 x 20 18 30 15/8 1 1 1.5 1 60 30 1104
36 x 24 18 30 15/8 1 1 1.5 1 60 30 1104
36 x 30 14 30 15/8 1 1 1.5 1 60 30 1104
42 x 36 18 24 15/8 1 1 1.5 1 60 30 1485
54 x 48 18 24 15/8 1 1 1.3 1 60 30 2418
Based on large end ID. All dimensions and movements are in inches, unless specified.
**
For pipe sizes and lengths not mentioned, please contact our Area Sales Representative or our NY Office.

Mason Industries Mercer Rubber Expansion Joints

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mason Industries Mercer Rubber Expansion Joints

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MASON/MERCER

Continued on the next page.

A HISTORY of MASONFLEX, SAFEFLEX

MASON INDUSTRIES | MASON-IND.COM 9•3

9•4 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

SINGLE-SPHERE TWIN-SPHERE REDUCER

Hooked Interlock Hooked Interlock

Solid Steel Ring Solid Steel Ring

Hooked Interlock Bead Wire, SFU Only

Solid Steel Ring

MASON INDUSTRIES | MASON-IND.COM 9•5

9•6 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

A COMPARISON of TIRE CORD

Dupont™ Industrial Yarns

Initial Modulus (percent of value at 75°F (24°C))

Breaking Strength (percent)

3a. DUPONT NYLON 3b. DACRON® POLYESTER 3c. KEVLAR® ARAMID

Breaking Strength (percent)

Breaking Strength (percent)

Natural Rubber EPDM Neoprene® Hypalon® ChloroButyl Nitrile

Adhesion to Metals Excellent Good to Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent

Adhesion to Fabric Excellent Good Excellent Good Good Good

Tear Resistance Good Good Good Fair Good Good

Abrasion Resistance Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Good

Concentrated Fair to Good Excellent Good Very Good Fair Fair

Gasoline Poor Poor Good Good Poor Excellent

Oxidation Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good

Ozone Fair Outstanding Excellent Outstanding Excellent Fair

Sunlight Aging Poor Outstanding Very Good Outstanding Excellent Poor

Heat Aging Fair Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Good

Special compounds may exceed these ratings.

9•8 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

IN BRIEF, SAFEFLEX IS SAFE BECAUSE…

MASON INDUSTRIES | MASON-IND.COM 9•9

SINGLE-SPHERE DIMENSIONS AND ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS

SAFEFLEX SFEJ Allowable Movements

SINGLE-SPHERE DIMENSIONS AND ALLOWABLE MOVEMENTS

OTHER SFU FITTING OPTIONS

SAFEFLEX SAFEFLEX SAFEFLEX

9•10 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR AND SFU KEVLAR® REINFORCEMENT

MASON INDUSTRIES | MASON-IND.COM 9•11

Installation Information for Safeflex SFDEJ, SFEJ & SFDCR

SFDEJ, SFEJ AND SFDCR CONNECTORS USED AS

9•12 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

MASON INDUSTRIES | MASON-IND.COM 9•13

9•14 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

MERCER INVINCIBLE Series

TEFLON® LINED 700 &

SERIES 700 • Power generating plants

FED - Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene Copolymer

9•102 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

Rubber Filler Between

Also Available in Multiple

UNANCHORED PIPING APPLICATIONS ANCHORED PIPING APPLICATIONS

Rubber Washer Rubber Washer

MASON INDUSTRIES | MASON-IND.COM 9•103

MATERIAL AVAILABILITY & OPERATING TEMPERATURES

9•104 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

Installation Instructions - 700 & HT700

MASON INDUSTRIES | MASON-IND.COM 9•105

MERCER TEFLON® Series

STYLE 800 SERIES

9•106 MASON/MERCER EXPANSION JOINTS

SERIES 700 • Power generating plants

• Available in Multiple Arches to